CheckCode PDF

NI 43-101 Technical Report
MOUNT MILLIGAN MINE

Northern Central British Columbia
Prepared by
Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc.
Robert Clifford, Director Mine Engineering

SME Registered Member 4034747RM
Doug Berthelsen, P.Geo., Senior Mine Geologist
APEGBC Registered Member, Licence # 31777
January 21, 2015
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.0
SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
2.0
Project Location ................................................................................................... 1-1

Project History ..................................................................................................... 1-1
Geology And Mineralization ............................................................................... 1-2
Mineral Resource And Mineral Reserve Estimates ............................................. 1-2
Metallurgy ............................................................................................................ 1-3
Mining Operations ............................................................................................... 1-4
Mineral Processing............................................................................................... 1-5
Tailing Storage Facility........................................................................................ 1-6
Environment & Permitting ................................................................................... 1-6
Community Sustainability ................................................................................... 1-6
Operating Cost ..................................................................................................... 1-6
Financial Evaluation ............................................................................................ 1-7
Interpretation and Conclusions ............................................................................ 1-7
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1
2.2
2.3
Sources Of Information........................................................................................ 2-1

Contributing Persons And Site Inspections ......................................................... 2-1
Units ..................................................................................................................... 2-2
3.0
RELIANCE ON OTHER EXPERTS .............................................................................. 3-1
4.0
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION ........................................................... 4-1

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
5.0
ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE, AND

PHYSIOGRAPHY ........................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
6.0
Claim Status ......................................................................................................... 4-2

Royalties And Streaming Agreements ................................................................. 4-8
Environmental Liabilities..................................................................................... 4-9
Permits ................................................................................................................. 4-9
Known Risks ...................................................................................................... 4-10
Access .................................................................................................................. 5-1

Climate ................................................................................................................. 5-1
Local Resources ................................................................................................... 5-1
Infrastructure ........................................................................................................ 5-1
Physiography........................................................................................................ 5-1
HISTORY ........................................................................................................................ 6-1

6.1
6.2
Timeline ............................................................................................................... 6-1

Historic Exploration Activities ............................................................................ 6-3
Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

Technical Report NI 43-101 January 21, 2015
Page i
6.3
6.4
7.0
Historic Mineral Resource And Mineral Reserve Estimates ............................. 6-11

Results From Property Production ..................................................................... 6-13
GEOLOGICAL SETTING AND MINERALIZATION ................................................. 7-1

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
Regional Geology ................................................................................................ 7-1

Local And Property Geology ............................................................................... 7-3
Mineralization ...................................................................................................... 7-9
Hypogene Mineralization..................................................................................... 7-9
Supergene Mineralization .................................................................................. 7-10
Polymetallic Veins ............................................................................................. 7-11
Alteration ........................................................................................................... 7-11
8.0
DEPOSIT TYPE .............................................................................................................. 8-1
9.0
EXPLORATION.............................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1
10.0
DRILLING ..................................................................................................................... 10-1

10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
11.0
Pre-2004 Drilling ............................................................................................... 10-1

2004 Drilling (Placer Dome) ............................................................................. 10-2
2006-2007 Drilling (Terrane) ............................................................................ 10-2
Post-2009 Drilling (TCM) ................................................................................. 10-7
Survey Control ................................................................................................... 10-7
Downhole Surveys ............................................................................................. 10-8
SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES AND SECURITY ...................................... 11-1

11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
12.0
Exploration, 2014................................................................................................. 9-1
Pre-2004 Samples .............................................................................................. 11-1

2004 Placer Dome Samples ............................................................................... 11-1
Terrane 20062007 Samples.............................................................................. 11-2
TCM Production Blasthole Samples .................................................................. 11-3
Quality Control And Remedial Action Procedure ............................................. 11-4
Adequacy Of Sample Preparation ...................................................................... 11-4
DATA VERIFICATION ............................................................................................... 12-1

12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
Assay Quality Control Pre-2006 ..................................................................... 12-1

Summary Of Check Assay Programs ................................................................ 12-1
Drill Database Corrections ................................................................................. 12-3
Assay Quality Control........................................................................................ 12-3
Database Verification......................................................................................... 12-3
IMC Review Of Drill Database ......................................................................... 12-4
TCM Review Of Drill Database ........................................................................ 12-6

Page ii
13.0
MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING ............................. 13-1

13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
14.0
MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES ........................................................................ 14-1

14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
14.8
14.9
14.10
14.11
14.12
14.13
15.0
Introduction ........................................................................................................ 16-1

Mine Design 2014 Plan ...................................................................................... 16-3
Mine Planning Phase Development And Reserves ......................................... 16-8
Mine Production Schedule ............................................................................... 16-22
RECOVERY METHODS.............................................................................................. 17-1

17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
18.0
Resource To Reserve Conversion ...................................................................... 15-1

Tabulation Of Mineral Reserve ......................................................................... 15-1
Tabulation Of Mineral Resource Exclusive Of Reserve.................................... 15-2
Risk Factors ....................................................................................................... 15-2
MINING METHODS .................................................................................................... 16-1

16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
17.0
Resource Classification ...................................................................................... 14-1

Coordinate System ............................................................................................. 14-2
Specific Gravity ................................................................................................. 14-2
Geology Model .................................................................................................. 14-4
Exploration Data Analysis ............................................................................... 14-12
Cutting Statistics .............................................................................................. 14-13
Compositing ..................................................................................................... 14-13
Geology Boundary Analysis ............................................................................ 14-13
Grade Estimation ............................................................................................. 14-17
Economic Model Assumptions ........................................................................ 14-22
Resource Limiting Pit Shell ............................................................................. 14-25
Tabulation Of Mineral Resource ..................................................................... 14-26
Sensitivity Analysis ......................................................................................... 14-27
MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES............................................................................ 15-1

15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
16.0
Introduction ........................................................................................................ 13-1

Summary ............................................................................................................ 13-1
Metallurgical Investigations............................................................................... 13-2
Projected Metallurgical Performance .............................................................. 13-30
Summary ............................................................................................................ 17-1

Major Design Criteria ........................................................................................ 17-2
Process Plant Description .................................................................................. 17-4
Process Control And Instrumentation .............................................................. 17-12
Major Design Considerations .......................................................................... 17-13
PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................. 18-1

18.1
Tailing Storage Facility Waste Material Management ................................... 18-1

Page iii
18.2
19.0
MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS ................................................................... 19-1

19.1
19.2
20.0
Environmental Issues ......................................................................................... 20-1

Waste Disposal, Monitoring And Water Management ...................................... 20-1
Project Permitting .............................................................................................. 20-2
Social Or Community Requirements ................................................................. 20-2
CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS ........................................................................ 21-1

21.1
21.2
22.0
Marketability ...................................................................................................... 19-1

Contracts ............................................................................................................ 19-1
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING AND SOCIAL OR COMMUNITY

IMPACT ........................................................................................................................ 20-1
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
21.0
OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE .......................................................................... 18-3
Operating Costs And Replacement Capital ....................................................... 21-1

Secondary Crusher Capital Project .................................................................... 21-1
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ............................................................................................. 22-1

22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
ROYALTIES AND STREAMING AGREEMENTS ....................................... 22-3

CORPORATION TAXES FEDERAL ........................................................... 22-3
CORPORATION TAXES PROVINCIAL ..................................................... 22-3
MINING TAXES PROVINCIAL................................................................... 22-3
23.0
ADJACENT PROPERTIES .......................................................................................... 23-1
24.0
OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION ................................................. 24-1
25.0
INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS ............................................................... 25-1
26.0
RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................... 26-1
27.0
REFERENCES .............................................................................................................. 27-1
28.0
DATE AND SIGNATURE PAGE ................................................................................ 28-1

Page iv
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1
Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive of Mineral Reserve) Effective as of

December 31, 2014 ............................................................................................... 1-2
Table 1.2
Undiluted Mineral Reserve Estimate Effective as of December 31, 2014 ........... 1-3
Table 1.3
Average Annual Tonnage, Grade, Recoveries, and Metal Production ................. 1-5
Table 1.4
Life of Mine operating costs as of January 1, 2015 .............................................. 1-7
Table 4.1
List of Claims ........................................................................................................ 4-4
Table 5.1
Mount Milligan Climate Statistics ........................................................................ 5-1
Table 6.1
Drill Programs Summarized by Year .................................................................... 6-5
Table 6.2
Ultimate Pit Shell Design Unit Costs April 2008 ............................................ 6-12
Table 6.3
Mineral Reserve Estimate(1) April 2008 ............................................................ 6-12
Table 6.4
Ultimate Pit Shell Design Unit Costs October 2009 ........................................ 6-12
Table 6.5
Mineral Reserve Estimate(1) October 2009 ........................................................ 6-13
Table 6.6
Historical Production as of December 31, 2014 ................................................. 6-13
Table 7.1
Rock Units of the Main and SS Deposits Used in Drill Program

Descriptions. ......................................................................................................... 7-3
Table 10.1
Summary of Drill Programs ................................................................................ 10-1
Table 10.2
Terrane Drill Program Summary ........................................................................ 10-2
Table 12.1
Check Assay Programs Pre-2004 Number of Samples .................................... 12-1
Table 12.2
Specific Gravity model comparison .................................................................... 12-7
Table 13.1
Major test work programs by era of study for the Project. ................................. 13-4
Table 13.2
Grinding Test Results Summary 1990 Test Work ........................................... 13-8
Table 13.3
Table 13.4
Table 13.5
Standard Bond Ball Mill Work Index 2007 Samples..................................... 13-10
Table 13.6
Grinding Test Result Summary 1990 Pilot-Plant Test Work ........................ 13-11
Table 13.7
Power Split for Grinding ................................................................................... 13-12
Table 13.8
Locked Cycle Test Results Bulk Flotation/2007 Test Work ......................... 13-19

Page v
Table 13.9
Locked Cycle Test Results Bulk Flotation/1990 Test Work ......................... 13-21
Table 13.10 Locked Cycle Test Results Differential Flotation/1990 Test Work............... 13-22
Table 13.11 Locked Cycle Test Results Differential Flotation/2005 Test Work............... 13-23
Table 13.12 2007 Pilot-Plant Operation Results ................................................................... 13-24
Table 13.13 Locked Cycle Test Results Variability Test Sample Composites.................. 13-26
Table 13.14 Gold Recovery by Mozley Table 1990 Test Work ........................................ 13-28
Table 13.15 Gold Recovery by Centrifugal Concentrator 2005 Test Work ...................... 13-28
Table 13.16 Filtration Test Summary Samples from Pilot Testing Program ..................... 13-30
Table 13.17 Silver Recovery Locked Cycle Tests ............................................................. 13-33
Table 13.18 Average Ag to Au Ratios in Concentrates ........................................................ 13-33
Table 14.1
Specific Gravity Summary ALS Chemex Data ............................................... 14-3
Table 14.2
Melis SG Measurements ..................................................................................... 14-3
Table 14.3
Lithology Coding of Geology Model .................................................................. 14-7
Table 14.4
Geologic Domain Coding ................................................................................... 14-8
Table 14.5
Geotechnical Drilling Depth to Bedrock........................................................ 14-10
Table 14.6
Block Model Parameters ................................................................................... 14-11
Table 14.7
Average Spacing between Composites from Different Holes .......................... 14-13
Table 14.8
Parameters for Variogram Models of Copper ................................................... 14-15
Table 14.9
Parameters for Variogram Models of Gold ....................................................... 14-16
Table 14.10 Estimation Parameters for Copper .................................................................... 14-18

Table 14.11 Estimation Parameters for Gold ........................................................................ 14-19
Table 14.12 Input Data .......................................................................................................... 14-23
Table 14.13 Ore type classification by cut-off grade ............................................................ 14-25
Table 14.14 Mineral Resource Estimate (Inclusive of Mineral Reserves) Effective
December 31, 2014 ........................................................................................... 14-26
Table 14.15 Mineral Resource (Inclusive of Mineral Reserves) Metal Price
Sensitivities December 31, 2014 ....................................................................... 14-27
Table 15.1
Undiluted Mineral Reserve Estimate Effective December 31, 2014 .................. 15-2

Page vi
Table 15.2
Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive of Mineral Reserve) Effective

December 31, 2014 ............................................................................................. 15-2
Table 16.1
Recommended Slope Geometries ....................................................................... 16-5
Table 16.2
Ultimate Pit Dimensions ..................................................................................... 16-7
Table 16.3
Main Zone and SS Phases Undiluted Mineral Reserve for Head Grades,
Recoveries and Concentrate Grades.................................................................... 16-9
Table 16.4
Average Annual Tonnage, Grade, Recoveries, and Metal Production ............. 16-23
Table 17.1
Major Design Criteria ......................................................................................... 17-3
Table 17.2
2014 Power Consumption (by area) .................................................................. 17-12
Table 21.1
Life of Mine operating costs as of January 1, 2015 ............................................ 21-1
Table 21.2
Life of Mine replacement capital requirements as of January 1, 2015 ............... 21-1
Table 22.1
Life of Mine cost assumptions for Economic Analysis ...................................... 22-1

Page vii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 4.1
Location Map ....................................................................................................... 4-1
Figure 4.2
Overall Site Layout .............................................................................................. 4-2
Figure 4.3
Claim status.......................................................................................................... 4-3
Figure 6.1
Drill Hole Location by Year ................................................................................ 6-6
Figure 6.2
IP Geophysical Grids over Airborne Magnetics (1st Vertical Derivative) .......... 6-8
Figure 6.3
South Grid IP Chargeability in Plan View with Soil Anomaly and

Historic Drilling ................................................................................................... 6-9
Figure 6.4
South Grid Section 61+00N D1, D2, and D3 IP Chargeability Anomalies

with Historic Drilling ......................................................................................... 6-10
Figure 6.5
North Grid Airborne Magnetics Highs with Associated IP Chargeability

Anomalies .......................................................................................................... 6-10
Figure 6.6
North Grid Section 22+00N Mitzi Anomaly (Magnetic High) with IP

Chargeability Anomalies forming WBX- and MBX-like Exploration
Targets................................................................................................................ 6-11
Figure 7.1
Regional Geological Setting ................................................................................ 7-2
Figure 8.1
Idealized Porphyry System Source: Richards, 2003 .......................................... 8-2
Figure 9.1
2014 Exploration Area ......................................................................................... 9-1
Figure 10.1
Drill Hole Location Map Phases I to IV Drilling ........................................... 10-3
Figure 10.2
Drill Hole Location Map Phase IV Drilling ................................................... 10-6
Figure 13.1
Drill Hole Location of 2007 Metallurgical Samples.......................................... 13-5
Figure 13.2
Effect of Primary Grind on Metallurgical Performance .................................. 13-16
Figure 13.3
Effect of Regrind Size on Metallurgical Performance (MBX Only) ............... 13-17
Figure 13.4
Effect of Cleaner pH on Metallurgical Performance ....................................... 13-17
Figure 13.5
Effect of Collector Regime on Metallurgical Performance MBX Master

Composite ........................................................................................................ 13-18
Figure 13.6
Variability Test Results Copper Metallurgical Performance ........................ 13-26
Figure 13.7
Variability Results Gold Metallurgical Performance ................................... 13-27
Figure 14.1
1010 Bench - SG Estimates Showing SG Sample Dataset ................................ 14-4
Figure 14.2
SS Cross Section 6108225N ........................................................................... 14-5

Page viii
Figure 14.3
Main Deposit Cross Section 6109350N.......................................................... 14-5
Figure 14.4
Isometric View of Mount Milligan Lithology Model ........................................ 14-6
Figure 14.5
1010 Bench Lithology Code Distribution ..................................................... 14-11
Figure 14.6
1010 Bench Domain Code Distribution ......................................................... 14-12
Figure 14.7
1010 Bench Copper Block Estimate Distribution ......................................... 14-20
Figure 14.8
1010 Bench Gold Block Estimate Distribution ............................................ 14-21
Figure 14.9
Cut-off Grade Chart by metal grade ................................................................ 14-25
Figure 16.1
General Arrangement Map ................................................................................ 16-2
Figure 16.2
Pit Wall Design Sectors ..................................................................................... 16-4
Figure 16.3
Catch Benches for Rock Fall Hazards ............................................................... 16-6
Figure 16.4
Typical Haul Road Cross Sections .................................................................... 16-8
Figure 16.5
End of Year 2014 topography .......................................................................... 16-12
Figure 16.6
Phase 2 Current Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone......................................... 16-13
Figure 16.7
Phase 3 Continued Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone .................................... 16-14
Figure 16.8
Phase 4 Completed Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone ................................... 16-15
Figure 16.9
Phase 5 Completed Ore Advance at 66 Sub-zone ........................................ 16-16
Figure 16.10 Phase 6 Stripping and Continued Ore Advance at WBX Sub-zone ............. 16-17
Figure 16.11 Phase 7 Completed Ore Advance at WBX Sub-zone ................................... 16-18
Figure 16.12 Phase SS1 Opening Cut Ore Advance at SS ................................................. 16-19
Figure 16.13 Phase SS2 Continued Ore Advance West at SS ........................................... 16-20
Figure 16.14 Phase SS3 Final Ore Advance to Ultimate Pit at SS .................................... 16-21
Figure 16.15 Pit and TSF Advances at the End of Year 2014 .............................................. 16-24

Page ix
Figure 17.1
Simplified Flowsheet of the Process Plant......................................................... 17-2
Figure 17.2
Secondary Crusher Circuit Simplified Flowsheet and Design Criteria ............. 17-5
Figure 18.1
Tailing Storage Facility Final Arrangement Year 2038 ................................. 18-2
Figure 22.1
Gross profit per copper pound by time period ................................................... 22-2
Figure 22.2
Annual pre-tax cash flow forecast by time period ............................................. 22-2

Page x
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY .................................................................................................... A-1
APPENDIX B - CERTIFICATES OF QUALIFIED PERSONS ............................................... B-1

Page xi
1.0
SUMMARY
This Technical Report summarizes the current operations, mineral reserves and mineral
resources for the Mount Milligan copper gold mine (the Mount Milligan Mine, the Project or the
Property) located between Fort St. James and Mackenzie, British Columbia, Canada. The
Technical Report was prepared by and for Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. (TCM) by a
qualified person as further described in Section 2.2. This Technical Report conforms to National
Instrument 43-101- Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI 43-101) and follows the
format set out in Form 43-101F1 for Technical Reports.
Ore is extracted by conventional hard rock open pit methods and delivered to a flotation mill
with a design capacity rate of 60,000 tonnes per day (t/d) with upgrades including a secondary
crusher to increase capacity to a nominal rate of 62,500 t/d.
1.1
Project Location
The Project is located 155 kilometres (km) northwest of Prince George (population
approximately 72,000) in north-central British Columbia. Forestrybased communities
Mackenzie (population approximately 5,200) and Fort St. James (population approximately
1,900) are within daily commuting distance of the Project site. Both communities are serviced by
rail.
1.2
Project History
Limited exploration activity was first recorded in1937. In 1984, prospector Richard Haslinger
and BP Resources Canada Limited (BP Resources) located claims on the site. In 1986, Lincoln
Resources Inc. (Lincoln) optioned the claims and in 1987 completed a diamond drilling program
that led to the discovery of significant copper-gold mineralization. In the late 1980s, Lincoln
reorganized, amalgamated with Continental Gold Corp. (Continental) and continued ongoing
drilling in a joint-venture with BP Resources.
In 1991, Placer Dome Inc. (Placer Dome) acquired the Project from the joint-venture partners,
resumed exploration drilling and completed a Pre-Feasibility Study for the development of a
60,000 t/d open pit mine and flotation process plant. Placer Dome received provincial and federal
approvals to develop the Project as proposed in 1993. These approvals expired in 2003.
Barrick Gold Corporation (Barrick) purchased Placer Dome in 2006 and sold its Canadian assets
to Goldcorp Inc. (Goldcorp), who then in turn sold the Project to Atlas Cromwell Ltd. (Atlas
Cromwell). Atlas Cromwell changed its name to Terrane Metals Corp. (Terrane) and initiated a
comprehensive work program upon which the 2009 Report (as defined herein) is based.
In October 2010, TCM acquired the Mount Milligan development project through its acquisition
(the Acquisition) of Terrane and subsequently constructed the Mount Milligan Mine, which
commenced commercial production in February 2014. The Mount Milligan Mine is owned
directly by Terrane, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCM.
Royalties and metals streams associated with the Project are discussed in Section 4.2.

Page 1-1
1.3
Geology And Mineralization
Mount Milligan is a tabular, near-surface, alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposit that measures
some 2,500 metres (m) north-south, 1,500 m east-west and is +400 m thick. It consists of two
principal zones, the Main Zone and Southern Star (SS) Zone. The Main Zone includes four
contiguous sub-zones: MBX, WBX, DWBX and 66, all of which are spatially associated with
the MBX monzonite stock and Rainbow Dyke. The SS Zone is centred on a monzonite stock of
the same name and is some 1000 m south of the Main Zone.
Main Zone mineralization and associated alteration are primarily hosted in volcanic rocks,
whereas in the SS Zone, mineralization is hosted equally in monzonite stock and volcanic rocks.
Mineralization in both zones consists of pyrite, chalcopyrite and magnetite with bornite localized
along intrusive-volcanic contacts. The pyritic 66 sub-zone is notable in that it is comparatively
gold-rich.
Copper-gold mineralization is primarily associated with potassic alteration which decreases in
intensity outwards from the monzonite stocks. Pyrite content increases significantly outward
from the stocks where it occurs in association with propylitic alteration, which forms a halo
around the potassic-altered rocks.
1.4
Mineral Resource And Mineral Reserve Estimates
The Mount Milligan copper-gold porphyry deposits contain a combined Measured and Indicated
Mineral Resource of 122.3 million tonnes (Mt) at 0.15% Cu and 0.32 grams per tonne (g/t) Au
containing 417 million pounds (lbs) copper and 1.25 million ounces (oz) gold. The Mineral
Resource estimate, exclusive of the Mineral Reserve, was tabulated within a conceptual open pit
shell using spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb Cu and US$1500/oz Au and a cut-off grade of
0.176% copper equivalent (CuEq) and takes into consideration metallurgical recoveries,
concentrate grades, transportation costs, smelter treatment charges, the Haslinger net smelter
return royalty (see Section 4.2.1), and the gold stream arrangement with Royal Gold (see Section
4.2.2). The Mineral Resource was cut from the December 31, 2014 mining surface and is
reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1
Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive of Mineral Reserve)

Effective as of December 31, 2014
Mineral Resource Category
Mt
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ Au oz
(Million)
Measured
Indicated
Total Measured + Indicated
Inferred
43.2
79.1
122.3
10.1
0.122
0.172
0.155
0.146
0.465
0.243
0.321
0.337
116
301
417
33
0.64
0.61
1.25
0.11
Notes:
(1) Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves and do not have demonstrated economic viability.
(2) Figures may not total exactly due to rounding.

Page 1-2
The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation has been determined by a qualified
person and reported in accordance with NI 43-101 and is based upon a geologic block model that
incorporated over 180,000 individual assays from 232,438 m of core drilling in 1,016 drill holes.
Assay data density is sufficient for estimation with drill hole spacing of 25 m to 50 m within both
the Main and SS Zones. The drill hole database is supported by quality assurance/quality control
(QA/QC) check assays.
The Mineral Reserve estimate was developed through the construction of an ultimate open pit
design within the Mineral Resource model at cost estimates defined in Section 14.10,
Table 14.12 and the spot metal prices assumptions. The Undiluted Proven and Probable Mineral
Reserve totals 542.1 Mt at 0.201% Cu and 0.355 g/t Au containing 2.4 billion lb Cu and 6.2
million oz gold (Table 1.2). The open pit was optimized at the same charges used in the resource
estimate at spot metal prices of US$3.00/lb copper, US$1250/oz gold, an exchange rate of
US$1.00/C$1.10, a cut-off grade of 0.176% CuEq, and takes into consideration metallurgical
recoveries, concentrate grades, transportation costs, smelter treatment charges, the Haslinger net
smelter return royalty (see Section 4.2.1), and the gold stream arrangement with Royal Gold (see
Section 4.2.2) in determining economic viability. The Undiluted Mineral Reserve estimate
reported in has been classified as 55% Proven and 45% Probable.
Table 1.2
Mineral
Reserve
Category
Proven
Probable
Total
Undiluted Mineral Reserve Estimate Effective as of December 31, 2014
Mt
300.1
242.0
542.1
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ
Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ
Au oz
(Million)
0.206
0.195
0.201
0.424
0.269
0.355
1,366
1,041
2,407
4.10
2.10
6.20
Note: Figures may not total exactly due to rounding.
1.5
Metallurgy
A comprehensive metallurgical test work program for the 2008 Report (as defined herein) was
carried out on samples composited to represent process plant feed. These samples were obtained
from a systematic 32-hole, 7,960 m core drilling program that was completed in 2007.
The test work program included the following:
optimization of flowsheet and process conditions

locked-cycle tests to confirm metallurgical response to the selected flowsheet and
optimum process conditions
variability tests to investigate metallurgical responses of samples over a wide range of
grades and rock types to optimum conditions
pilot plant tests to generate concentrate for smelting, thickening and filtration tests
The flowsheet and process condition optimization test program consisted of 50 open-circuit
flotation tests. Primary areas of investigation included primary grind size, pulp pH, reagents,

Page 1-3
flotation retention times on rougher/scavenger and cleaner flotation circuits and fine regrinding
of rougher/scavenger flotation concentrates.
In addition, 42 locked-cycle tests on 22 composites from various zones were completed to
confirm their metallurgical response to optimum process conditions established in open-circuit
tests. Most locked-cycle tests were done in duplicate.
Following the locked-cycle tests, individual variability tests using the open-circuit technique
were performed on 61 samples over a range of grades and ore types to investigate their
metallurgical responses to optimum conditions. This was followed by locked-cycle tests on two
composite samples made up of individual variability samples to confirm open-circuit variability
test results.
And finally, pilot plant tests on a blended 2.5-t composite sample were completed to obtain
sufficient concentrate samples for smelting, thickening and filtration tests, as well as tailing
samples for environmental tests.
Test work results were used to determine the relationship between mill feed grade, recovery and
concentrate grade and to calculate the following 23.9 year average metallurgical parameters:
copper recovery 84.2%

gold recovery 72.5%
Silver production into concentrate has been estimated from a well-documented correlation
between silver and gold in the final concentrate and is carried in the financial evaluation.
1.6
Mining Operations
The large scale open pit mining for Mount Milligan Mine will provide mill feed at a nominal rate
of 62,500 t/d (22.8 million tonnes per year (Mt/a)) with the completion of the secondary crushing
circuit. Annual mine production of ore and waste will peak at 55 Mt/a with a life of mine (LOM)
waste/ore stripping ratio of 0.82/1. The production schedule summarized in Table 1.3 was
developed through multiple mining.
Key design factors in the mine operations plan include:
maintain higher grade mineralization in the MBX Subzone in the early years
maintain a smooth waste/ore ratio with required TSF construction materials
develop an ore blending strategy while selectively mining from the Main Zone and SS
pits to smooth delivery of copper head grades to achieve elevated concentrate grades
provide waste rock storage opportunities in the mined out sections of the Main Zone pit
for waste generated from the WBX and SS mining phases
provide optional additional tailing storage capacity for the cleaner tailing in the final four
years of the mine life, in the mined out Main Zone pit while later stage mining operations
are concluding at the SS pit to facilitate caping tailings within the tailings storage facility
(TSF) for closure.

Page 1-4
The mining operations equipment fleet comprises two 311 mm electric blast hole drills, two 41
m3 electric cable shovels, one 19 m3 front end loader and eleven 217 t trucks. These major units
are supplemented with a back-up equipment fleet of graders, track and rubber-tired dozers,
backhoes, and water trucks. A 15 m bench height has been selected for mining both ore and
waste.
Table 1.3
Years
Average Annual Tonnage, Grade, Recoveries, and Metal Production
Annual
Avg Ore
Tonnage
(000 t)
Avg Head
Grade
Avg Metal
Recovery
Avg Concentrate Production
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
Cu
(%)
Au
(%)
Cu
('000 t)
Cu
(MM lbs)
Au
('000 oz)
Annual
Avg
Waste
Tonnage
(000 t)
20152019
22,321
0.23
0.54
84.6
73.3
42.5
93.8
285.8
19,049
20202024
22,838
0.18
0.40
83.8
72.6
35.2
77.7
212.8
25,199
20252029
22,825
0.22
0.30
85.0
73.4
42.1
92.8
160.9
21,376
20302034
22,825
0.18
0.26
83.7
72.6
35.1
77.4
138.9
20,324
20352038
22,016
0.20
0.25
83.6
68.6
36.1
79.5
122.4
4,075
Total
542,106
0.20
0.35
84.2
72.5
919
2,027
4,481
446,040
1.7
Mineral Processing
The 62,500 t/d process plant will utilize conventional crushing, grinding, rougher and cleaner
flotation to produce a marketable gold-rich copper concentrate. The overall design philosophy
was to select large equipment in order to maintain a simple and conventional single line
flowsheet.
Key process equipment will consist of:
primary crushing plant with a 1.525 metres (m) x 2.794 m gyratory crusher
SAG/ball mill/crusher grinding circuit:
one 12.20 m diameter x 6.71 m EGL SAG mill with one 23.5 MW gearless motor
drive
two 7.32 m diameter x 12.50 m EGL ball mills each driven by two 6.5 MW
variable speed synchronous motors (26 MW total installed ball mill power)
two cone crushers, each powered by one 750 kilowatt (kW) motors
flotation circuits:
rougher flotation: two parallel trains of five 200 m3 tank cells

Page 1-5
first cleaner flotation: seven 100 m3 tank cells

second and third cleaner flotation: six 30 m3 tank cells
regrinding and gravity concentration circuits:
one 1,119 kW tower mill operated in closed circuit with six 380 mm cyclones
two 3,000 kW IsaMills operated in closed circuit twenty-six 250 mm cyclones
one centrifugal gold concentrator
Run-of-mine ore will be crushed to 80% passing 150 mm and then ground to 80% passing 220
microns prior to flotation. The rougher/scavenger flotation circuit will produce a high-grade
rougher concentrate and a lower-grade rougher/scavenger concentrate. These concentrates will
be separately reground, then upgraded in three cleaner flotation stages to produce a final flotation
concentrate assaying at least 25% Cu. A gravity circuit will recover coarse metallic gold. The
gravity concentrate is combined with the final flotation concentrate, pressure-filtered to 9%
moisture, stockpiled, and then trucked to the rail loadout facility at Mackenzie.
1.8
Tailing Storage Facility
Waste from the open pit is separated into categorieis based on soil, extent of oxidation and acid
generation/metal leaching potential (ARD/ML) and treated accordingly for placement into the
TSF for embankment construction. Two tailing streams the rougher/scavenger tailing and the
first cleaner/scavenger tailing are deposited and stored in separate tailing storage areas within
the TSF.
1.9
Environment & Permitting
As further discussed herein, Mount Milligan Mine current holds all permits required for the
operation of its business.
1.10
Community Sustainability
In 2006, Terrane initiated a consultation program with local communities and First Nations. In
May 2008, Terrane convened a Community Sustainability Committee of community
stakeholders and First Nations as the primary mechanism for ongoing engagement and to
maximize regional benefits from the mine. The Committee continues to meet on a quarterly
basis. Terrane drafted, and the Community Sustainability Committee approved, a Sustainability
Management Plan for the Project which remains in place.
The construction workforce peaked at approximately 1,100 workers. Approximately 400
permanent jobs have been created at the Project. TCM is committed to maximizing local
employment and contracting opportunities. TCM will also work with community partners and
First Nations on training programs to prepare local residents for employment.
1.11
Operating Cost
Total operating costs over the LOM are estimated at C$6.2 billion (including C$1.9 billion for
mining costs, C$2.7 billion for milling costs, C$1.1 billion for administrative costs and C$0.5
billion for transportation costs), total selling and marketing costs are estimated at C$235 million,

Page 1-6
total treatment and refining charges are estimated at C$557 million and total capital expenditures
are estimated at C$519 million, as shown in Table 1.4.
Table 1.4
Life of Mine operating costs as of January 1, 2015
Costs Summary
Mining
Milling
Admin
Transportation
Selling and Marketing
Treatment and Refining
Capital
C$
C$
C$
C$
US$
US$
C$
Total $ M
1,851
2,709
1,151
491
214
506
517
Offsite costs contemplate delivery of copper concentrate to Pacific Rim Asian smelters.
Concentrate from the mine site will be trucked to a storage and loadout facility at Mackenzie and
transferred onto railcars for transport to port storage facilities at Kinder Morgans loading facility
in North Vancouver. The concentrate is marketable and below penalty levels for deleterious
elements.
1.12
Financial Evaluation
TCM is a producing issuer, the Mount Milligan Mine is currently in production, and a material
expansion is not being planned. TCM has carried out an economic analysis of the Mount
Milligan Mine using the estimates and assumptions presented in this Report and confirms that
the outcome is a positive cash flow that supports the statement of Mineral Reserves.
1.13
Interpretation and Conclusions
Based on the information contained herein, the Qualified Persons offer the following
interpretations and conclusions:
Geology and Mineral Resources
Mount Milligan is a tabular, near-surface, alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposit.

The procedures for drilling, sampling, sample preparation and analyses are appropriate
for the type of mineralization and estimation of Mineral Resources.
Mineral Resources were estimated to CIM standards and conform to NI 43-101.
Mineral Resources were estimated as of December 31, 2014 within a conceptual open pit
shell using spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb Cu and US$1500/oz Au, exclusive of the
Mineral Reserve.
Combined Measured and Indicated Mineral Resources totaled 122.3 Mt at 0.15% Cu and
0.32 g/t Au containing 417 million lb copper and 1.25 million oz gold.
Inferred Mineral Resources totaled 10.1 Mt at 0.15% Cu and 0.34 g/t Au containing 33
million lb copper and 0.11 million oz gold.

Page 1-7
The Mineral Resource estimate takes into consideration metallurgical recoveries,

concentrate grades, transportation costs, smelter treatment charges, and royalty and
streaming arrangements.
Mining and Mineral Reserves
The Mineral Reserve estimate has been prepared utilizing acceptable estimation
methodologies and the classification of Proven and Probable Reserves conform to CIM
definitions and NI 43-101.
The Mineral Reserve estimate was developed through the construction of an ultimate
open pit design within the Mineral Resource model at cost estimates defined in Section
14.10, Table 14.12 and the spot metal price assumptions of US$3.00/lb copper and
US$1250/oz gold.
The Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve totals 542.1 Mt at 0.201% Cu and 0.355 g/t
Au containing 2.4 billion lb Cu and 6.2 million oz gold.
The Mineral Reserve estimate takes into consideration metallurgical recoveries,
streaming arrangements in determining economic viability.
The Mineral Reserve estimate is classified as 55% Proven and 45% Probable.
The methodology used for mine planning, ore control, pit limit determination, production
sequence and scheduling, and estimation of equipment/manpower requirements is in line
industry practice.
Mineral Processing
The metallurgical test work and recovery models meet industry standards.
Due to the fact that the Mount Milligan Mine is still in the commissioning phase, it is too
early to make a conclusion regarding estimated versus actual recovery.
Without secondary crushing of the SAG feed material, there is an observed shortfall in
throughput that is likely to prevent achievement of designed throughput of 60,000 t/d.
Economic Analysis

Page 1-8
2.0
INTRODUCTION
This Technical Report, which was prepared for TCM, summarizes the current operations and the
mineral reserves and mineral resources for the Mount Milligan Mine located between Fort St
James and Mackenzie, British Columbia, Canada.
In October 2010, TCM acquired the Mount Milligan development project through its acquisition
(the Acquisition) of Terrane Metals Corp. (Terrane) and subsequently constructed the Mount
Milligan Mine, which commenced commercial production in February 2014. Mount Milligan
Mine is owned directly by Terrane, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCM.
TCM, a diversified North American mining company continued under the laws of British
Columbia, is engaged in the acquisition, exploration, development, and operation of mineral
properties. TCMs shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada under the trading
symbol TCM and on the New York Stock Exchange in the U.S. under the trading symbol
TC.
Prior to the Acquisition, Terrane retained Wardrop Engineering Inc. (Wardrop) to prepare a
feasibility update in compliance with NI 43-101, which was entitled Technical Report
Feasibility Update, Mt. Milligan Property Northern BC (the 2009 Report). The intent of this
Technical Report is to update the 2009 Report now that Mount Milligan Mine is in production
and to disclose current understanding with regard to geology, costs, mining, milling, capital
projects, and market conditions under ownership of TCM. This Technical Report will be used in
support of TCMs disclosure and filing obligations with the Canadian securities regulators.
Items of significant change from the 2009 Report include copper and gold price assumptions,
operating costs, and geologic model updates, which result in new life of mine design and
schedule from which Mineral Reserves and Mineral Resources may be calculated.
2.1
Sources Of Information
This Technical Report is based on published material and data, professional opinions, and
unpublished materials available to TCM or prepared by its employees. For the purpose of
demonstrating economic viability pre-construction, this Technical Report relies on the 2009
Report, which was based on work by various independent consultants. In addition, certain
information used to support this Technical Report was derived from previous technical reports
on the Project and from reports and documents listed in the References section. Other sources of
data include geologic and block model reports, drill hole assay data, the block model, and mine
plans, which were prepared by employees of TCM.
This Technical Report has been prepared in compliance with NI 43-101 and follows the format
set out in Form 43-101F1 for Technical Reports.
2.2
Contributing Persons And Site Inspections
This Technical Report has been prepared by Robert Clifford, Director, Mine Engineering of
TCM, and Doug Berthelsen, P. Geo., Senior Mine Geologist at Mount Milligan Mine, each of
whom is a Qualified Person (QP) as defined in NI 43-101 and has provided a QP certificate.
Page 2-1
Robert Clifford, Director Mine Engineering of TCM, is the primary author of this Technical
Report. Mr. Clifford works in TCMs corporate office in Denver, Colorado. Mr. Clifford has
worked in gold, titanium, molybdenum, and copper surface mining operations as a mining
engineer for a total of 18 years since he earned his Bachelor of Science degree (BSc) in Mining
Engineering. Mr. Clifford is a Registered Member of The Society for Mining, Metallurgy, and
Exploration, Inc. (SME), Member Number 4034747RM, and is a Qualified Person as defined
under NI 43-101. Mr. Clifford visited the mine site several times in 2014, most recently in
September 2014 which included an extensive field tour. The drill hole data, block model
procedures, and mine plans were discussed with the Mount Milligan Mine staff.
Doug Berthelsen has been employed as Senior Mine Geologist of the Mount Milligan Mine since
August 2014 and is responsible for the geology sections in this report including the construction
and/or supervision of the mineral resource block model. He currently works onsite and
interfaces regularly with management, operations and field inspections. Mr. Berthelsen has 26
years of experience as a geologist in gold, silver and copper exploration and surface and
underground mining. He graduated from the University of British Columbia with a BSc in
Geology in 1985. He is a Registered Member of the Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia, License Number 31777, and is a Qualified Person as defined
under NI 43-101.
Certain other TCM employees compiled certain sections of this Technical Report under the
supervision of Mr. Clifford and Mr. Berthelsen. These TCM employees are experienced
technical professionals in their respective areas of expertise. Additional support has been
provided by Mount Milligan Mine staff and the Denver-based staff of TCM, including with
respect to environmental and permitting matters, land and title matters, capital and operating
costs, and financial analysis.
Standard professional procedures have been followed in preparing the contents of this Technical
Report. Data used in this Technical Report have been verified where possible and there is no
reason to believe that the data was not collected in a professional manner.
2.3
Units
This Technical Report utilizes metric units throughout as set forth in the Glossary attached as
Appendix A. Grades are in percent of copper metal by weight (%Cu) and grams per tonne (g/t)
for gold grades. Tonnages are metric tonnes of 2204.6 lbs. Gold sales in units of troy ounces
with a conversion of 31.1 grams per troy ounce. Within this text, Ktonnes means 1000 metric
tonnes.
Thomson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

Page 2-2
3.0
RELIANCE ON OTHER EXPERTS
This section is not relevant to the Technical Report as expert opinion was sourced from TCM
experts in the appropriate fields as required.

Page 3-1
4.0
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION
The Property is located within the Omineca Mining Division in north-central British Columbia
within NTS map sheets 94N/1 and 93O/4, approximately 155 kilometres (km) northwest of
Prince George, 86 km north of Fort St. James, and 95 km west of Mackenzie (Figure 4.1). The
Property centre is at 1235711 west longitude and 5566 north latitude (UTM Zone 10,
NAD83 coordinates 439,198 metres (m) east, 6,106,525 m north). The deposit area is at
approximately 124130 west longitude and 55735 north latitude (UTM Zone 10, NAD83,
434,640 m east and 6,109,337 m north).
Figure 4.1
Location Map
Source: 2009 Report, verified TCM, 2015

Page 4-1
The overall Project site layout plan is shown in Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.2
Overall Site Layout
Source: TCM, 2015. Gridlines are 500m, elevations in metres.
4.1
Claim Status
The Property includes 103 claims and one mining lease with a combined area of 48,411.43
hectares (ha) as shown in Figure 4.3. Claim status was searched on the British Columbia Energy
and Mines, Mineral Titles Online BC (MTO) website.
Older claims have been converted from legacy claims to cell claims under the provisions of the
Mineral Tenure Act Regulations (OIC 1161, December 2, 2004). The single mining lease was
issued to Terrane on September 9, 2009, and requires lease payments of C$102,760 due annually
on September 9.

Page 4-2
Mining claims must be renewed on a yearly basis by either filing a statement of exploration and
development work or providing cash payment in lieu of the work. Changes to the Mineral
Tenure Act Regulation effective July 1, 2012 treated all claims as if they were in their first
anniversary year for assessment purposes as of the date of implementation. Maintenance of the
mining claims by exploration and development work requires an expenditure of C$5/ha during
the first and second years, C$10/ha for years three and four, C$15/ha for years five and six and
C$20/ha for each subsequent year. The cash payment made in lieu of work requires annual
payments that are double the work amounts. Claims must be converted to a lease in order to
produce commercial quantities of ore.
As of January 12, 2005, all administrative functions related to mineral claims in British
Columbia are accomplished online through MTO. MTO now uses one single map of British
Columbia and divides the province into 8,000,000 cells. Cells may be of varying size
depending on their latitude, and each cell has a unique identification number. Claims are
acquired by selecting cells on the MTO system.
TCM has legal access to all of the mining claims and the mining lease.
Table 4.1 is taken directly from the file generated by MTO. All mineral claims are indicated to
be in good standing until at least March 14, 2016 and are reported to be owned in their entirety
by Terrane, Client No. 248764.
Figure 4.3
Claim status
Source: TCM, 2015. Gridlines are 5000m.

Page 4-3
Table 4.1
Tenure
No.
List of Claims
Tenure Sub
Type
Map
Number
Good To Date
Area (ha)
512884
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
369.6
512887
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
295.8
512888
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
370.0
512890
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
296.1
512891
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
554.4
512897
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
444.3
512907
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
424.9
512909
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
351.1
512913
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
665.2
512919
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
444.3
512921
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
518.4
512923
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
332.4
512924
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
665.2
512925
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
74.0
512927
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
406.7
512930
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
480.6
512931
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
480.3
512932
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
92.3
512933
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
517.1
512934
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
554.3
512935
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
443.7
512936
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
720.6
512937
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
517.3
Claim Name

Page 4-4
Tenure
No.
Tenure Sub
Type
Map
Number
Good To Date
Area (ha)
512938
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
462.1
512939
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
462.1
512940
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
462.1
512941
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
665.9
512942
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
554.9
512943
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
370.1
512944
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
369.9
512945
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
462.3
512960
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
203.4
Claim Name
521164
MILL 1
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
332.9
521165
MILL 2
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
443.9
521177
MILL 3
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
444.1
521178
MILL 4
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
277.5
521179
MILL 5
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
462.8
521180
MILL 6
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
370.2
521181
MILL 7
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
351.7
521182
MILL 8
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
444.4
521183
MILL 9
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
370.4
521184
MILL10
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
296.3
521185
MILL 11
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
444.5
521186
MILL 12
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
444.5
521187
MILL 13
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
407.6
521189
MILL 14
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
370.6
521190
MILL 15
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
463.0

Page 4-5
Tenure
No.
Claim Name
Tenure Sub
Type
Map
Number
Good To Date
Area (ha)
521191
MILL 16
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
463.0
521192
MILL 17
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
370.4
521193
MILL 18
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
370.6
521194
MILL 19
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
463.3
521195
MILL 20
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
463.3
521196
MILL 21
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
444.6
521197
MILL 22
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
444.6
521198
MILL 23
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
463.4
521199
MILL 24
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
463.4
521200
MILL 25
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
463.4
521201
MILL 26
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
185.4
521202
MILL 27
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
445.0
521203
MILL 28
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
445.0
521204
MILL 29
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
445.0
521205
MILL 30
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
445.0
521206
MILL 31
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
463.6
521207
MILL 32
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
370.9
521208
MILL 33
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
445.2
521209
MILL 34
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
445.2
521210
MILL 35
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
445.2
521212
MILL 36
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
333.9
521213
MILL 37
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
167.0
579598
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
295.8
579599
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
295.6

Page 4-6
Tenure
No.
Tenure Sub
Type
Map
Number
Good To Date
Area (ha)
579600
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
369.7
579602
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
369.5
580741
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
443.0
580742
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
443.0
580743
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
406.1
580744
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.7
580745
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.7
580746
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.5
580747
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.7
580748
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.5
580749
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.5
580750
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
461.7
595146
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
443.6
595163
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
147.9
631503
Lease
093N
2015/sep/09
5,138.0
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
462.4
677785
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
147.8
678524
Claim
093K
2016/mar/14
464.0
678527
Claim
093K
2016/mar/14
464.0
678536
Claim
093J
2016/mar/14
389.7
678564
Claim
093J
2016/mar/14
464.0
678583
Claim
093J
2016/mar/14
464.0
678588
Claim
093J
2016/mar/14
464.3
678603
Claim
093K
2016/mar/14
55.7
677107
Claim Name
FURB

Page 4-7
Tenure
No.
Tenure Sub
Type
Map
Number
Good To Date
Area (ha)
679483
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
461.9
679484
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
221.7
679485
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
350.9
679505
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
369.2
679506
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
443.1
679509
Claim
093N
2016/mar/14
462.2
Claim Name
1030396
GD1
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
369.2
1030397
GD2
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
664.1
1030398
GD3
Claim
093O
2016/mar/14
1,106.9
Total ha
48,411.4
4.2
Royalties And Streaming Agreements
4.2.1 Haslinger Royalty

In accordance with an option agreement dated July 16, 1986, as amended, between H.R.S.
Resources Corp., successor in interest to Richard Haslinger, and Terrane Metals Corp., a
subsidiary of TCM and the successor in interest to Goldcorp Canada Ltd., H.R.S. Resources
Corp. is entitled to a royalty equivalent to a 2% net smelter return (NSR) on production from
four mineral claims collectively called the HEIDI claims. Per the option agreement, the royalty
is payable beginning as of year three of commercial production and continues each year
thereafter as long as commercial production is maintained. Terrane has the right of first refusal
on any proposed alienation of the royalty by H.R.S. Resources Corp.
4.2.2 Gold Stream Agreement With Royal Gold
Pursuant to an agreement dated October 2010, as subsequently amended in December 2011,
August 2012 and December 2014 (the Gold Stream Agreement), with a subsidiary of Royal
Gold, Inc. (Royal Gold), Terrane Metals Corp., a subsidiary of TCM, agreed to sell to Royal
Gold 52.25% of the refined gold production from Mount Milligan Mine for a total upfront
payment of US$781.5 million, plus US$435 per ounce, or the prevailing market rate if lower
than US$435 per ounce, when the gold is delivered. The Gold Stream Agreement has an initial
50-year term, with automatic successive 10-year renewal periods.
Terrane sells copper and gold concentrate from Mount Milligan Mine to customers, and then, per
the terms of the Gold Stream Agreement, Terrane purchases gold ounces in the market for
Page 4-8
delivery to Royal Gold in an amount based on a portion of the gold ounces contained in the
copper and gold concentrate sold to customers. In connection with Terranes first 12 shipments
of copper and gold concentrate from Mount Milligan Mine to customers, Terrane was required to
deliver gold ounces to Royal Gold based on a percentage of gold ounces in each provisional sale
of gold to customers within two days of receiving a provisional payment for the sale of the
concentrate, with subsequent delivery of gold ounces upon final settlement. Thereafter, all
deliveries of gold to Royal Gold are to be based solely on the final settlement of provisional sales
of concentrate and payable at the time of final settlement. The gold ounces delivered to Royal
Gold under the Gold Stream Agreement are based on the contained gold ounces in the
provisional payments and final settlements multiplied by a 97% payable factor.
The Gold Stream Agreement covers the mineral claims and lease identified in a schedule to the
Gold Stream Agreement, which mineral claims and lease encompass all of the existing identified
deposit and include substantially all of the mineral claims and lease currently controlled by
Terrane at the Property.
The Gold Stream Agreement includes certain restrictions on assignment or transfer of the
respective rights of both parties to the Gold Stream Agreement.
4.3
Environmental Liabilities
The Project is operated in compliance with all environmental liabilities and obligations arising
from federal and provincial statutes and regulations applicable and necessary to the operation of
its business.
The Mount Milligan Mine has recently submitted the five-year revision to its Reclamation Plan.
Because the Mount Milligan Mine has been in commercial production only since February 2014,
the revisions to the Reclamation Plan are not significantly different than the Reclamation Plan
prepared as part of the mine approval process. The 2015-2020 revision to the Reclamation Plan
estimates the cost of reclamation at approximately C$35.569 million. The Mount Milligan Mine
currently has posted a reclamation bond in the amount of C$30 million.
The Reclamation Plan for the site minimizes and mitigates long-term environmental impacts
resulting from construction and operation of the facility via sound science and contingency
planning. An adaptive management process is utilized whereby new knowledge and technology
is incorporated into successive Reclamation Plans that take into account operational plan
updates. This adaptive management approach will negate or minimize activities such as postclosure water treatment that have a potential to prolong or create additional environmental
liabilities.
4.4
Permits
All necessary permitting requirements to operate Mount Milligan Mine have been applied for
and approved by the applicable regulatory agencies. Principally, the mine holds three permits
under the provincial Environmental Management Act. These permits are an Effluent Permit (PE104777), a Refuse Permit (PR-104778) and an Air Permit (PA-104779). The provincial Mines
Act Permit was received in September 2009.
Page 4-9
The Project was reviewed under both the British Columbia Environmental Assessment Act and
the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act. An Environmental Assessment Application (the
Application) was filed in July 2008. Provincial and federal agencies, First Nations and
stakeholders participated in a harmonized review of the Application. The provincial
Environmental Assessment Certificate was issued in March 2009 and the federal Environmental
Assessment Decision Statement was issued in December 2009. Both the provincial
Environmental Assessment Report and the federal Comprehensive Study Report concluded that,
taking into account the required mitigation measures, the Project is not likely to cause significant
adverse environmental effects. The provincial Environmental Assessment Certificate was
amended in March 2013 to relocate the concentrate rail loadout facility to Mackenzie and to
permit construction of an operations residence on site.
The Project includes a comprehensive water management plan for construction activities and
operational phases. The Project site is designed, operated and managed to prevent all surface
water discharge to the receiving environment during mining construction and operations. Water
management is a significant part of the Closure Plan for the Project. The Closure Plan employs
proven practices and is not dependent on long-term active water treatment. Under the Closure
Plan, all mine components will be decommissioned and reclaimed in accordance with best
industry practices and in compliance with federal and provincial regulations.
The Project has prepared and implemented an Environmental, Health and Safety Management
System. A Road Use Permit and several Special Use Permits were issued by the British
Columbia Ministry of Forest Lands and Natural Resources Operations for various uses of forest
lands and roads. The site also holds a Drinking Water Permit, a Hazardous Waste Storage
Permit, an Occupant License to Cut, Water Act Licenses, a License of Occupation for the
construction and maintenance of an electric transmission line to site and several approvals for
aerial crossings of the line over streams, and two federally approved Fish Habitat Compensation
Plans issued pursuant to section 35(2) of the Fisheries Act and the federal Metal Mining Effluent
Regulations.
4.5
Known Risks
There are no known risks that may affect access, title, or the right or ability to perform work on
the Property.

Page 4-10
5.0
ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE,

AND PHYSIOGRAPHY
5.1
Access
The Mount Milligan Mine is accessible from the east via Mackenzie on the Finlay Philip Forest
Service Road and the North Philip Forest Service Road. There is active logging in the area, so
the road is maintained in good condition by Canfor Corporation and other forest companies. A
western route, completed in 2005, provides shorter access from Fort St. James via the North
Germansen Road. This route includes 26.7 km of forest service roads, with the balance on public
roads. Road travel to the site of the Mount Milligan Mine is 775 km from Prince Rupert
(population approximately 12,000) and 254 km from Prince George (population approximately
72,000).
5.2
Climate
The area has short cool summers and cold winters, which are summarized in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1
Mount Milligan Climate Statistics

Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Month
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
Average Precipitation (mm)

Rainfall
0.3
1.9
4.0
15.9
54.8
58.3
66.3
50.1
67.1
52.4
12.6
1.0
385.0
Snowfall
Total Precipitation
78.5
78.8
64.0
65.9
50.5
54.5
19.6
35.4
6.4
61.2
0.8
59.2
0.8
67.2
0.8
50.9
2.8
69.9
16.3
68.7
68.6
81.1
76.0
77.0
385.0
770.0
Lake Evaporation
42.2
69.2
81.5
84.7
68.4
37.0
7.1
390.0
-3.7
1.6
7.0
11.3
13.4
12.8
8.0
2.3
-4.7
-9.2
1.7
Average Monthly Temperature (C)

Mean
5.3
-10.9
-8.1
Local Resources
Labour and services are readily available from Prince George, Fort St. James, Mackenzie, and
Vanderhoof.
5.4
Infrastructure
Infrastructure available to the Project consists of the main forest service roads accessing the
Property from the east and west. Electric power is accessed from the BC Hydro Kennedy
Substation south of Mackenzie. Canadian National Railway service is available from Fort St.
James and Mackenzie which connects to the major western and eastern rail routes. Please see
Section 18.0 for additional information regarding infrastructure.
5.5
Physiography
The Property lies near the northern boundary of the Southern Plateau and Mountain Region of
the Canadian Cordilleran Interior System. More specifically, the Property is within the Nechako
Plateau near the southern limits of the Swannell Range of the Omineca Mountains. The Property
Page 5-1
is dominated by a chain of peaks aligned in a north-south direction. Mount Milligan, which is 8

km north of the Project, is the highest of these peaks. It rises to the elevation of 1,508 m and is
rounded and symmetrical in shape. The Project deposit is to the south of Mount Milligan on the
eastern slopes of the chain, at an elevation of 1,100 m in an area of gentle relief.
The Nechako Plateau was covered by the Cordilleran ice cap, which moved eastward and
northward from the Coast Ranges towards the Rocky Mountains near McLeod Lake, over-riding
the mountains, coating the landscape with a blanket of glacial till, and altering the pre-glacial
drainage patterns. Drumlins, flutings, eskers, and melt-water channels of various dimensions are
noticeable features of the plateau surface. The Property is well-drained except for depressions
where natural vegetation succession has filled in ponds to form bog-like fens. Drainage from the
area is to the northeast via Nation River into Williston Lake, which forms part of the PeaceMacKenzie River basin.

Page 5-2
6.0
HISTORY
6.1
Timeline
6.1.1 19371985
The earliest record of exploration activity in the area is by prospector George Snell, who found
gold-bearing float on the western flank of Mount Milligan in 1937. In 1945, Mr. Snell returned
to the area and staked 10 two-post claims west of Mitzi Lake. Five pyritic andesite float samples
returned assays ranging from trace to 148.8 g/t of gold. The source of the float was not found and
no other gold-bearing mineralization was found in place.
The first recorded claims in the Mount Milligan region were the Mosquito 1-10 two-post claims
staked on August 4, 1972 by Pechiney Development Ltd. (Pechiney). Subsequent exploration
work identified induced polarization and soil geochemical anomalies. Pechiney drilled five
diamond drill holes to evaluate the anomalies, but identified no significant copper mineralization
and Pechiney allowed the claims to lapse.
No further major exploration work in the Mount Milligan area occurred until 1983 when Selco
Inc. (Selco) took an interest in the region. Selco staked the PHIL 1 through 12 claims over the
ground covered by the original Mosquito claims, and completed preliminary surveys. In early
1984, Selco amalgamated with BP Resources.
In April 1984, Richard Haslinger staked the HEIDI claims adjacent to the PHIL claims. BP
Resources optioned the HEIDI claims from Richard Haslinger in July 1984. In late 1984 and
early 1985, BP Resources staked the PHIL 21 through 29 claims.
In 1984 and 1985, BP Resources completed geological, soil geochemical, magnetic, induced
polarization surveys, and carried out a modest trenching program. The work identified
polymetallic auriferous vein systems and weak copper-gold porphyry mineralization.
6.1.2 19861990
Lincoln Resources Inc. (Lincoln) entered into an agreement with BP Resources on April 21,
1986 to continue exploration of the claims. The agreement allowed Lincoln to earn a 51%
interest in the Property, which was subsequently increased to 69.84% through the operation of
dilution provisions. In July 1986, Lincoln entered into a new option agreement with Richard
Haslinger on the HEIDI claims. In September 1987, Lincoln undertook a drilling campaign
which resulted in the first discovery of significant gold-copper mineralization.
On July 31, 1988, Lincoln reorganized to become United Lincoln Resources Inc. (United
Lincoln). In September 1988, United Lincoln staked the MILLIGAN, RAINBOW 1 through 4,
and SKUD mineral claims, and the Magnetite Breccia (MBX) 1 through 13 placer claims.
In August 1988, Continental Gold Corp. (Continental Gold) acquired 64% of the shares of
United Lincoln. On March 15, 1989, Continental Gold and United Lincoln amalgamated and
concurrently transferred the amalgamated undertaking to their subsidiary, and successor
company, DASS No. 39 Holdings Ltd. (DASS). DASS changed its name to Continental Gold

Page 6-1
Corp. on the same date. In July 1989, drilling intersected further significant gold-copper
mineralization.
6.1.3 19902006
In 1990, Continental Gold continued staking and acquiring claims in the region. The company
staked the RAINBOW 5 through 9, RAINBOW 3 Fraction, BEE and SEE mineral claims, MBX
14 through 29, and RAIN placer claims. It also acquired the BONANZA, MARTIN, and
TRNAVA mineral claims. Diamond drilling continued from January to September 1990.
In September 1990, Placer Dome Inc. (Placer Dome) purchased from BP Resources share of the
PHIL and HEIDI mineral claims. Placer Dome and a wholly-owned subsidiary (PDI Subco) then
acquired by takeover bid approximately 98% of the shares of Continental Gold, and in
November 1990, Placer Dome resumed exploration drilling. In January 1991, PDI Subco
acquired the balance of the outstanding Continental Gold shares. With these acquisitions, Placer
Dome became the primary proponent of the Project and continued the process of seeking
regulatory approval for the Project.
In 1992, Placer Dome concluded that the Project was not sufficiently profitable, and wrote off
the carried value of the Property.
In 1996, Placer Dome re-evaluated the Project using a new geological model that included new
domains and hard boundaries. Test pits were excavated to the bedrock surface to obtain
additional geotechnical information. Operating and mining costs were updated and revised.
Placer Dome completed an economic re-evaluation in 1998. No re-modelling of the geology was
undertaken, with the 1996 model for the Main deposit being used, along with the 1991 model for
the Southern Star (SS) deposit. A variety of alternate mining and processing scenarios were
investigated.
In 2003, Mining Solutions completed a project review of available data, particularly Placer
Domes patented hydrometallurgy process. In 2004, Placer Dome initiated a number of programs
to further assess the Project. Historical data was assembled and reprocessed into a geographic
information system (GIS) database. This included all available geological, geochemical, and
geophysical data. Geophysical and geochemical data was processed to form a variety of images
to enhance interpretation. A drill program consisting of 14 holes was initiated to provide fresh
core samples for additional metallurgical testing. The holes were planned to twin existing holes
that were collared in mineralization to maximize the amount of recovered mineralized core. A 3D geological model was constructed to provide a more consistent geological model.
In 2005, a regional stream sediment sampling program was undertaken as a research project to
assess the downstream dispersion from Mount Milligan as expressed by a number of analytical
and sampling techniques. A Masters Study was also initiated through University of British
Columbias Mineral Deposit Research Unit, investigating the alteration patterns, with the
objective of building a 3-D alteration model.
In May 2006, Barrick Gold Corporation purchased Placer Dome and sold Placer Domes
Canadian assets to Goldcorp Inc. (Goldcorp), including the Property. Goldcorp in turn sold
Page 6-2
certain assets (the Property) to Atlas Cromwell Ltd. (Atlas Cromwell) In July 2006, Atlas
Cromwell was renamed Terrane Metals Corp.
6.1.4 20102015
In October 2010, TCM acquired the Project through its acquisition of Terrane and subsequently
constructed the Mount Milligan Mine, which commenced commercial production in February
2014 and has been in continuous operation since. The Mount Milligan Mine is owned directly by
Terrane, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TCM.
6.2
Historic Exploration Activities
6.2.1 Geological Mapping And Trenching

The Mount Milligan Mine deposit area has very sparse outcrop, but a number of mapping
programs have been completed over the Project area. In 1985, BP Resources conducted detailed
mapping in areas of anomalous gold-in-soil geochemical surveys (Blanchflower, 1986). A
regional mapping program was completed in 1991 by consultant Atholl Sutherland-Brown and
Placer Dome geologists.
Trenching totaling 1,400 m was completed by BP Resources focusing on the Creek, Boundary,
and Esker zones where pervasive sericite, epidote, and K-feldspar alteration was encountered
with anomalous gold and copper values. Extensive trenching was completed by Lincoln in 1986
and 1987, concentrating on the Esker, Creek, South Boundary, and North Slope areas. Placer
Dome also conducted trenching on the North Slope area north of Heidi Lake in 1991.
6.2.2 Geochemistry
Previous operators completed extensive soil geochemistry in the Project area. BP Resources
completed the initial survey in the period from 1983 to 1985 and revealed an extensive area of
anomalous copper and gold in the vicinity of the deposits. Additional surveys were completed in
the Mitzi Lake area, north of the main deposit area. A prominent copper and gold anomaly was
outlined in the area of the known mineralization, but also extended up-ice and up slope from the
deposits. The North Slope area is highly anomalous, but no significant source has yet been
discovered to explain the full extent of the copper-gold soil anomaly.
6.2.3 Geophysics
IP- Resistivity
In 1985 and 1987, BP Resources completed Induced Polarity (IP) surveys to cover the deposit
areas. A broad anomaly was outlined, which was interpreted to be resulting from disseminated
sulphides. Additional IP surveys north of the BP Resources survey area were completed by
Placer Dome in 1991. In 1985, BP Resources conducted VLF surveys over the deposit area.
Placer Dome conducted very low frequency (VLF) surveys north of the deposit and at the Philips
Lake area in 1991. The IP surveys primarily outlined the pyritic haloes surrounding the
intrusions and mineralized zones.

Page 6-3
Ground Magnetics
BP Resources completed initial ground magnetic surveys in 1984 to 1985. Lincoln completed a
31.1 km detailed (50 m x 10 m) ground magnetic survey that outlined the MBX Zone. In 1991,
Placer Dome also completed ground magnetic surveys north of the deposit area and at Philips
Lake. Both the MBX and SS stocks are positive magnetic anomalies, although the MBX stock is
within an area strongly influenced by the highly magnetic Mount Milligan Intrusive Complex to
the north.
Airborne
In 1989, Aerodat conducted an airborne survey covering the area north and west of the deposit
area. The survey consisted of magnetics and VLF-EM, flown on east-west oriented flight lines
spaced 100 m apart. A small helicopter-borne Dighem survey was completed in approximately
1991. The survey collected both magnetic and EM data. The EM data exhibits a pattern very
similar to the IP ground surveys.
6.2.4 Exploration, 1987-2007
Lincoln commenced drilling in 1987, following up on targets identified during the BP Resources
and Lincoln geophysical, geochemical, and trenching programs. The Esker Zone was the first
area drilled. This programs test results indicated moderate to high (1.33 to 42.7 g/t) gold grades
over narrow widths. The Creek Zone similarly intersected low to moderate gold grades generally
in the range of 1 to 2 g/t over widths of 1 to 2 m.
The MBX Zone was initially targeted due to the presence of a magnetic anomaly located by
reconnaissance magnetic surveys conducted by BP Resources and later by detailed surveys by
Lincoln (Rebagliati, 1987). There were also coincident IP and soil geochemical anomalies
associated with the magnetic features. Diamond drill hole 87-12 intersected intensely potassic
altered monzonite dykes and volcanic rocks with disseminated pyrite and chalcopyrite, resulting
in an intersection of 50.51 m grading 0.6 g/t gold and 0.24% copper. Hole 87-13 intersected 97
m grading 0.62 g/t gold and 0.27% copper.
Drilling conducted by United Lincoln in 1988 included additional drilling in the Esker and Creek
zones but focused primarily on the porphyry copper-gold style mineralization intersected in the
MBX Zone. A major drill program was launched in 1989 that included 87,662 m of diamond
drilling in 336 holes. Hole 89-200 intersected the SS deposit to the south of the Main deposit.
The 1989 program essentially outlined all of the currently-known zones of the Project, including
the gold-rich 66 Zone, the zone along the western margin of the MBX stock (WBX), and a
deeper down-faulted portion of the WBX (DWBX).
Drilling in 1990 consisted of fill-in drilling and included 386 holes totalling 82,924 m. Of these
holes, 352 were drilled by Continental Resources Inc., the successor company to Lincoln, and the
remaining 34 were drilled by Placer Dome who acquired control of the Property in late 1990.
The 1991 drill program by Placer Dome focused on the SS deposit with additional exploration
drilling to the west of SS and north of Heidi Lake. A number of geotechnical, metallurgical, and
condemnation holes were also completed during this period.
Page 6-4
The 1992 drilling was completed in the Philip Lake area in the eastern part of the Property
testing some IP and magnetic targets. No mineralization was intersected in this area.
In 2004, drilling by Placer Dome provided additional fresh material from known zones for
metallurgical testing.
Terrane commenced additional drilling in September 2006, with the objective of acquiring
further material for metallurgical test work. A second phase of drilling, initiated in late 2006, was
designed to target areas of mineralization that had been less densely drilled by previous
operators. A third phase in 2007 was designed to gather geological and geotechnical information
along the perimeters of the Main deposit. A fourth phase of drilling designed to gather
geotechnical data along the margins of the SS deposit, and to gather geological information in
the area of proposed infrastructure, was completed in 2007.
Additional information on drilling subsequent to 2007 is included herein in Section 10.0.
The various drill campaigns are summarized in Table 6.1 and Figure 6.1. Drill hole collars are
colour coded by the year drilled.
Table 6.1
Year
Drill Programs Summarized by Year

Metres
Holes
Company
1987
1988
2,304
6,645
23
47
1989
87,662
336
United Lincoln, Continental
1990
82,924
386
Continental, Placer Dome
1991
17,969
90
Placer Dome
1992
2004
526
2,184
4
14
Placer Dome
Placer Dome
2006
9,557
36
Terrane
10,515
33
Terrane
220,286
969
2007
Total
Lincoln
United Lincoln

Page 6-5
Figure 6.1
Drill Hole Location by Year

Page 6-6
6.2.5 Exploration, 2008-2009

Exploration in 2008 and 2009 was conducted by Terrane. Between May 11 and June 9, 2008,
Fugro Airborne Surveys Corp. conducted a 1,458 line-km airborne magnetic and HeliGEOTEM
II electromagnetic survey over approximately 264 km2 of the 400 km2 Property. This survey was
designed to identify geophysical signatures characteristic of the Project deposits in areas with
thick overburden cover. A total of 101 traverse lines were flown with a line spacing of 200 m.
An additional 10 tie lines were flown with a line spacing of 2,000 m. The survey was successful
in identifying numerous geophysical anomalies requiring follow up exploration.
In July 2009, Terrane followed up on the HeliGEOTEM survey with a 53.6 line-km IP ground
geophysical survey to investigate 12 of the airborne geophysical anomalies. The two and three
dimensional IP surveys (2DIP and 3DIP, respectively) were conducted by SJ Geophysics Ltd. in
two separate grids (Figure 6.2). The north grid was surveyed using 2DIP and consisted of 6 lines
totaling 20 line-km. North grid line spacing was 400 m with 100 m station spacing. The south
grid was surveyed using 3DIP and consisted of 7 lines totaling 33.6 line-km. Line spacing was
200 m and stations were surveyed every 100 m. The survey results demonstrated that five of the
HeliGEOTEM anomalies have coincident IP chargeability anomalies and display signatures
similar to those found at the Main and SS deposits (Figure 6.3 through Figure 6.6).
In the summer seasons of 2008 and 2009, Terrane completed a mapping program, a regional
geochemical stream survey, and a soil geochemical orientation survey over the Mount Milligan
Mine deposits, as well as a soil geochemical survey over the north grid to supplement the 2DIP
survey.
The soil orientation survey was comprised of 97 sample sites, at which Soil Gas Hydrocarbon
(SGH), Mobile Metal Ion (MMI) and conventional B-horizon soil samples were taken. 46 stream
sites were sampled in the stream sampling survey, with water, silt and Bulk Leach Extractable
Gold (BLEG) samples collected at each site. During the mapping program, a total of 175 rock
samples were collected from across the Property, with 40 of these sent for thin section analysis,
and 42 sent for assays.

Page 6-7
Figure 6.2
IP Geophysical Grids over Airborne Magnetics (1st Vertical Derivative)

Page 6-8
Figure 6.3
South Grid IP Chargeability in Plan View with Soil Anomaly and Historic
Drilling

Page 6-9
Figure 6.4
South Grid Section 61+00N D1, D2, and D3 IP Chargeability Anomalies with
Historic Drilling
Figure 6.5
North Grid Airborne Magnetics Highs with Associated IP Chargeability

Anomalies

Page 6-10
Figure 6.6
North Grid Section 22+00N Mitzi Anomaly (Magnetic High) with IP

Chargeability Anomalies forming WBX- and MBX-like Exploration Targets
6.3
Historic Mineral Resource And Mineral Reserve Estimates
The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates set forth below were prepared by Terrane
and are being updated by the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates prepared by TCM
set forth in Sections 14.0 and 15.0, respectively. The QPs have not done sufficient work to
classify these historical estimates as current and TCM is not treating these estimates as current.
These historical estimates have been superseded by the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve
estimates contained in this Technical Report.
6.3.1 Feasibility Report, April 2008
Terrane prepared an April 2008 filing to SEDAR titled TECHNICAL REPORT
FEASIBILITY MOUNT MILLIGAN PROPERTY NORTHERN BC (the 2008 Report). The
costs used for the Mineral Reserve definition are outlined in Table 6.2.

Page 6-11
Table 6.2
Ultimate Pit Shell Design Unit Costs April 2008
Milling
Unit C$3.786/t
Costs (C$)ore
Plant Services
C$0.247/t ore
G&A
C$0.564/t ore
TSF Embankment
C$0.168/t ore
Mining
Overburden
C$1.391/t material
Ore
C$1.263/t ore
Waste
C$1.365/t waste rock
Added Haul Lift from Depth
C$0.027/t/bench below 1100 elev.
The open pit was determined as shown in Table 6.3 from October 2007 costing for milling, plant
services, tailing services and general and administrative (G&A) charges and at US$1.60/lb
copper, US$550/oz gold and 0.88 US$/C$ exchange rate.
Table 6.3
Mineral Reserve Estimate(1) April 2008
Category
Tonnes
(M)
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ Au oz
(Million)
Proven
Probable
Total
213.8
119.9
333.7
0.228
0.198
0.217
0.472
0.351
0.428
1,075
523
1,598
3.24
1.35
4.59
(1) Metal Prices of US$1.60/lb Cu and US$550/oz Au
6.3.2 Feasibility Update Report, October 23, 2009

Terrane prepared an October 23, 2009 filing to SEDAR titled TECHNICAL REPORT
FEASIBILITY UPDATE MOUNT MILLIGAN PROPERTY NORTHERN BC. This is the
most recent report filed for the Project. The costs used for the Mineral Reserve definition are
outlined in Table 6.4.
Table 6.4
Ultimate Pit Shell Design Unit Costs October 2009
Milling
Plant Services
Unit Costs (C$)
G&A
TSF Embankment
Mining
Overburden
Ore
Waste
Added Haul Lift from Depth
C$3.96/t ore
C$0.16/t ore
C$0.49/t ore
0.16/t ore
C$1.393/t material
C$1.259/t ore
C$1.399/t waste rock
C$0.037/t/bench below 1100 elev.

Page 6-12
The open pit was determined as shown in Table 6.5 from October 2009 costing for milling, plant
services, tailing services and G&A charges and at US$1.60/lb copper, US$690/oz gold and 0.85
US$/C$ exchange rate.
Table 6.5
Mineral Reserve Estimate(1) October 2009
Category
Tonnes
(M)
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ Au oz
(Million)
Proven
Probable
Total
274.2
207.3
481.5
0.211
0.186
0.200
0.439
0.322
0.389
1,273
849
2,123
3.87
2.15
6.02
(1) Metal Prices of US$1.60/lb-Cu and US$690/oz Au
6.4
Results From Property Production
Mine waste stripping activities began in 2012, while mill commissioning began in Q3 2013.
Commercial production was achieved in February 2014, defined as operation of the mill at 60%
design capacity mill throughput for 30 days. Table 6.6 presents historical production tons, grade,
recoveries and concentrate production for calendar years 2013 and 2014.
Table 6.6
Historical Production as of December 31, 2014
Years
Milled
Ore
Tonnage
(000 t)
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
Metal
Recovery
Cu
Au
(%) (%)
2013
2,073
0.30
0.55
78.8
2014
14,290
0.27
0.64
Total
16,363
0.27
0.62
Head Grade
Concentrate Production
Waste
Tonnage
(000 t)
Concentrate
('000s dmt)
Cu*
(M lbs)
Au*
('000 oz)
56.4
18.4
10.4
19.9
24,753
80.4
63.1
125.4
64.6
177.6
11,224
80.2
62.4
143.8
75.0
197.5
35,977
*Net smelter payable metal produced

Page 6-13
7.0
GEOLOGICAL SETTING AND MINERALIZATION
7.1
Regional Geology
The Mount Milligan Mine is within Quesnel Terrane, part of the Intermontane Belt, a composite
of low metamorphic grade magmatic arc segments of mixed oceanic and continental affinities,
and oceanic plates, which amalgamated with North America in the Early Jurassic Period.
The Quesnel Terrane (Figure 7.1) is characterized by a Late Triassic to Early Jurassic magmatic
arc complex that formed along or near the western North American continental margin. To the
east, this complex contacts Proterozoic and Paleozoic carbonates and siliciclastics of the Cassiar
Terrane, representing part of the ancestral North American miogeocline. In places, the Quesnel
and Cassiar terranes are separated by an intervening assemblage of Late Paleozoic oceanic rocks
assigned to Slide Mountain Terrane. The boundary between the Quesnel and Cassiar terranes is a
complex structural zone that includes late Early Jurassic east-directed thrust faults that juxtapose
Quesnel Terrane above Cassiar Terrane. These east-directed faults and related folds are locally
overprinted by somewhat younger west-directed structures that reverse this stacking order, as
well as by dextral strike-slip and normal faults that formed in Cretaceous and early Tertiary time
(Schiarizza, 2005).
Towards the west, the Quesnel Terrane is in fault contact with the Late Paleozoic through midMesozoic oceanic rocks of the Cache Creek Terrane, interpreted to be part of the accretionsubduction complex that was responsible for generating the Quesnel magmatic arc. Younger
rocks commonly found in the region include Cretaceous granitic stocks and batholiths, Eocene
volcanic and sedimentary rocks, and flat-lying basalt of both Neogene and Quaternary age.

Page 7-1
Figure 7.1
Regional Geological Setting

Page 7-2
7.2
Local And Property Geology
In the Mount Milligan area, the Quesnel Terrane is characterized by widespread Late Triassic to
Early Jurassic arc rocks comprising:
Volcanic rocks consisting of mainly volcaniclastics, with subordinate coherent volcanics

of basaltic to dacitic compositions. Augite-porphyry is particularly characteristic of
Quesnellia, and forms an eastern facies of alkaline to sub-alkaline augite-phyric basaltic
andesite.
Coeval and partly comagmatic plutons ranging from calc-alkaline (in the west) to alkaline
(in the east).
Sedimentary rocks including shale, limestone, and epiclastic deposits.
In the Mount Milligan area, Quesnellia rocks consist of Triassic to Lower Jurassic volcanic and
subordinate sedimentary rocks of Takla Group, and Hogem intrusive suite, which is interpreted
as Takla Groups deep-seated equivalent. Many copper-gold mineral showings are associated
with Hogem Batholith and smaller coeval intrusions. Takla Group in the Mount Milligan area is
informally subdivided into a lower, predominantly sedimentary Inzana Lake Succession, and an
upper, predominantly volcaniclastic Witch Lake Succession (Fonseca, 2005).
The Witch Lake Succession, which hosts the Mount Milligan deposit, is characterized by augitephyric volcaniclastic and coherent basaltic andesites, with subordinate epiclastic beds. The
Geological Survey Branch of the British Columbia Ministry of Energy Mines and Petroleum
Resources (MEMPR) carried out regional mapping and petrographic studies in the Mount
Milligan area that demonstrated that Witch Lake basaltic andesites and derived sediments
(Nelson et al., 1991) are affected by strong potassic alteration as far as 4 km from the deposits.
The Witch Lake formation is intruded by coeval Takla Group and post-Takla Group intrusions.
Coeval intrusions comprise most of the Mount Milligan intrusive complex, which consists
dominantly of monzonitic rocks with minor dioritic/monzodioritic and gabbroic/monzogabbroic
rocks. The MBX (Magnetite breccia), SS (Southern Star), Goldmark, and North Slope stocks,
which host mineralization on the Property, are composed of monzonitic rocks. Post-Takla Group
intrusions are composed of granitic rocks, which form a minor portion of the Mount Milligan
complex.
The rock codes used in the Project drilling program are indicated in Table 7.1.
Table 7.1
Rock Units of the Main and SS Deposits Used in Drill Program Descriptions.
The historic rock names have been simplified due to the variation in naming by different
geologists logging core over time.
HISTORIC
DESCRIPTION
CASE

SIMPLIFIED
Comments
CASE
Casing
Page 7-3
HISTORIC
DESCRIPTION
SIMPLIFIED
Comments
FALT
Fault
FLT
Fault
GOUGE
Gouge
FLT
Fault
GOUG
Gouge
FLT
Fault
MVHD
Monz. Volcanic Hybrid
HYB
Hybrid
HYBX
Hydrothermal Breccia
HYBX
Hybrid Breccia
MONZ
Monzonite Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
QZMZ
Quartz Monzonite Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
MZPP
Plags. Monzonite Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
XNMZ
Xenolithic Monzonite Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
HMZP
Plags.-Hornb. Monz. Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
XNMZ
Xenolithic Plag. Monzonite Porphyry
INT
Intrusive
DIOR
Diorite
INT
Intrusive
FELS
Felsite
INT
Intrusive
ANDS
Andesitic Rock - Undifferentiated
AND
Andesite
APFW
Px Ands. Porphyry Flow
AND
Andesite
APXT
Px Ands. Crystal Tuff
AND
Andesite
APFN
Px. Hornb. Ands. Porphyry Flow
AND
Andesite
AFXT
Plags. +-Px. Crystal Tuff
AND
Andesite
ANLT
Px. Ands. Lapilli Tuff
AND
Andesite
HTDF
Heteroclite Debris Flow
AND
Andesite
ANTF
Andesitic Tuff
AND
Andesite
APLT
Aplite Dyke
AND
Andesite
LAT
Latitic Rock Undifferentiated
LAT
Latite
LATT
Porphyritic Latite
LAT
Latite
LPFW
Px. Hornb. Latitic Porphyry Flow
LAT
Latite
LAFW
Latitic Porphyry Flow
LAT
Latite

Page 7-4
HISTORIC
DESCRIPTION
SIMPLIFIED
Comments
LPXT
Px. Latitic Crystal Tuff
LAT
Latite
LNLT
Px. Latitic Lapilli Tuff
LAT
Latite
LATF
Latitic Tuff
LAT
Latite
LALT
Altered fragmental
LAT
Latite
TRFW
Trachytic Flow
TR
Trachyte
TRAC
Trachyte
TR
Trachyte
PTRF
Plags. Porphyry Trachyte Flow
TR
Trachyte
TRXT
Trachytic Crystal Flow
TR
Trachyte
PATR
Plags. Augite Trachyte Flow
TR
Trachyte
TPFW
Trachyte Px. Hornb. Porphyry Flow
TR
Trachyte
TRTF
Trachyte Tuff
TR
Trachyte
TRBT
Bedded Trachytic Flow
TR
Trachyte
MISS
Missing
MISS
Missing
OVBD
Overburden
OVBD
Overburden
OXID
Oxide
OXID
Oxide
DRPD
Plags. Diorite Porphyry
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
HPDR
Hornb. Px. Diorite Porphyry
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
FGMZ
Fine grained Hornb.-Px Monzonite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
PDRP
Plags. Hornb. Px. Diorite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
MZPD
Plags. +-Px Monzonite Porphyry Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
PHDD
Plags. Hornb. Diorite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
TRD
Trachyte Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
TRD/
Trachyte Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
MPHD
Plags Porphyry Diorite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
HMZP
Plags. Horn. +-Px Monzonite Porphyry
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
PPMZ
Plags. Px. Monzonite Porphyry Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike

Page 7-5
HISTORIC
DESCRIPTION
SIMPLIFIED
Comments
MVHD
Monzonite-Volcanic Hybrid
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
BPDR
Biotite Porphyry Diorite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
APD/
Aplite Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
DYKE
Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
FGMZ
Fine grained Monzonite
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
DAUP
Augite Porphyry Dyke
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
LAMP
Lamprophyre
PMD
Post Mineral Dike
SED
Sediments
SED
Sediment
UNKN
Unknown
UNKN
Unknown
VEIN
Vein
VEIN
Vein
7.2.1 Andesitic Volcanic Rocks

Andesitic volcanic rocks underlie most of the area around the SS stock and areas away from the
MBX stock. Monolithic fragmental varieties form most of the unit. They are characterized by
actinolite-altered augite porphyritic lapilli tuff with minor augite crystal and lithic tuff. Minor
augite porphyritic flows and heterolithic debris flows are inter-bedded with the fragmental rocks.
Plagioclase and/or hornblende phenocrysts are locally present within flows, individual lapilli, or
crystal tuff.
Latitic volcanic rocks are similar in texture to andesitic volcanic rocks. They underlie most of the
area around the MBX stock, and less commonly in areas adjacent to the SS stock. The latitic
volcanic rocks can be distinguished from andesitic volcanic rocks by a darker color, a general
absence of visible hornblende, the presence of biotite, and based on staining greater than onethird potassic feldspar content out of the total feldspar content. The darker color is probably due
to the presence of biotite, which may be related to potassium metasomatism. The general absence
of hornblende may be caused by destruction during potassium metasomatism. These latitic
volcanic rocks are potassically-altered andesites and are not latites in the strict petrologic sense,
but the terms have been used since the early drilling and they form a distinct unit that has a
relationship with mineralization.
Rocks classified as trachyte are inter-bedded with latitic volcanic rocks in the east of the MBX
stock. They are the only stratigraphic markers in the area of the deposits and as such, are useful
to distinguish as a separate unit. Trachytic volcanic rocks are characterized by high potassium
feldspar content and a lack of mafic minerals. Minor fine-grained plagioclase is also present.

Page 7-6
Massive and bedded varieties of trachytic rocks occur on the Property. Massive varieties contain
curvilinear pyrite-chlorite partings and clots of chlorite, calcite, and rare epidote around the core
of pyrite. Bedded varieties are generally discontinuous and locally exhibit cross-bedding and
graded bedding. Pyrite and chlorite are common along bedding planes and are disseminated
throughout.
Nelson et al. (1991) reported that the abundance of potassium feldspar in the volcanic rocks led
past authors to a field classification of augite-porphyritic latites and banded trachytes.
Microscopic examination indicated that the potassium-rich nature of the rocks is due to the
invasion of secondary potassium feldspar occurring as veinlets, as clumps with pyrite and
epidote, as seams in plagioclase phenocrysts, and as fine-grained aggregates along bedding
planes in the sediments. Such replacement distal to the deposit suggests that the highly potassic
nature of the rocks within the deposit is due to wholesale replacement, converting andesites to
latites and bedded andesitic sediments to trachytes.
7.2.2 Intrusive Rocks Pre-Mineral And Synmineral
The Main and SS deposits are centered on two principal intrusive bodies: the MBX (Magnetite
breccia) and SS (Southern Star) stocks, respectively. Several smaller associated intrusive rock
units are recognized as being pre-mineral or contemporaneous with the mineralizing events.
The MBX stock is a moderately westerly-dipping monzonite body approximately 400 m in
diameter. In the south-eastern portion of the Main deposit, the Rainbow Dyke (a large dyke up to
50 m wide) protrudes from the footwall of the MBX stock to form an elongate bowl with gentlydipping sides open to the southeast. It can also be modeled as gently-dipping to the east, being
cut by the multiple faults present in the deposit.
The SS stock is a moderately westerly-dipping, north-northwesterly striking, tabular body of
monzonite. Its margins are more irregular and undulated than those of the MBX stock. The stock
is approximately 800 m long x 300 m wide.
The MBX and SS stocks contain up to 30% sub parallel plagioclase feldspar phenocrysts, 1 to 10
millimeters (mm) in length. These phenocrysts occur within a fine-grained greyish pink
groundmass composed mostly of potassium feldspar with lesser plagioclase feldspar, and minor
quartz, hornblende, biotite, and accessory magnetite. Within the stocks, monzonite shows great
variations both texturally and compositionally. The SS stock has coarser plagioclase phenocrysts
than the core of the MBX stock.
Late synmineral plagioclase hornblende porphyritic monzonite dykes are common throughout
the SS stock.
Hydrothermal breccia occurs extensively throughout the SS stock, and less commonly in
adjacent volcanic rocks and along the margins of the MBX stock. It is characterized by
potassium feldspar veinlets and flooding that vary in amount and size. This rock appears to grade
from massive relatively-unaltered monzonite to a crackle breccia, and then to a well-developed
breccia with a potassium feldspar-rich matrix. Hydrothermal breccia is less commonly developed
in volcanic rocks.
Page 7-7
7.2.3 Intrusive Rocks Post-Mineral

Three major types of post-mineral dykes cut the Main and SS deposits: trachytic, monzonitic,
and dioritic varieties. These dykes are generally fresh-looking and lack sulphide mineralization
that is common throughout the deposits.
The trachytic dykes are the earliest and most common in the southwestern portion of the Main
deposit, and northern portion of the SS deposit. They are up to 15 m wide, strike northeasterly,
and dip moderately to the northwest. Trachytic dykes are grey, fine-grained, and may contain
accessory magnetite.
The monzonitic dykes formed after the trachytic dykes. They occur throughout the Main and SS
deposits. Monzonitic dykes are up to 10 m wide, strike northeasterly, and dip moderately to the
northwest. They are characterized by abundant plagioclase phenocrysts, up to 2 mm, and may
contain augite phenocrysts up to 5 mm. The phenocrysts occur in a fine-grained potassium
feldspar-rich matrix, as indicated by staining. Accessory magnetite is always present. Some
monzonitic dykes are weakly propylitized.
The dioritic dykes are the youngest intrusive rock. Although they occur in both deposits, they are
most common in the northern portion of the Main deposit. These dykes are up to 5 m wide, strike
northwesterly, and dip steeply to the northeast. Dioritic dykes are characterized by abundant
plagioclase phenocrysts, up to 10 mm, in a fine-grained matrix. Lesser hornblende phenocrysts,
up to 2 mm, and minor quartz eyes, up to 1 mm, are also present. Some dioritic dykes are weakly
carbonate altered.
7.2.4 Structure
At least four episodes of faulting have affected the area, the earliest being the shallow eastdipping Rainbow Fault. Northwest-trending steeply east-dipping faults separate the MBX stock
from the SS stock. East-northeast trending cross-faults represent the latest faulting episode. The
presence of these faulting events is being validated from geological re-interpretation of pit walls.
The regional Great Eastern Fault truncates mineralization to the east and juxtaposes Takla Group
volcanic rocks against Early Tertiary rocks.
Mapping of actual pit walls shows very blocky areas with a multitude of discontinuous minor
jointing and faulting events, with variable orientations and dips. One major fault, visible over 70
meters, trends East-North-East to West-South-West, dipping 75 degrees to the North-West, with
a shear zone observable over 10 meters.
Rocks within and around the Mount Milligan deposits generally trend north-northwest, dipping
moderately to steeply to the east. However, north of the Main deposit, this stratum dips steeply to
moderately toward the west. In the southeastern portion of the Mount Milligan deposits, the
stratigraphy trends northerly to northeasterly. Graded bedding and cross-bedding in tuffaceous
rocks indicate that the stratigraphy faces east.

Page 7-8
7.3
Mineralization
Mineralization is primarily hosted in two deposits at the property: the Main and the SS deposits.
The Main deposit consists of four zones partly within and adjacent to the west-dipping MBX
stock. The most important copper-gold zone is the MBX Zone (Magnetite Breccia), which is
situated along the footwall of the stock and along the Rainbow Dyke. To the south, the 66 Zone
is gold-rich and lower copper, with the boundary between the two zones being marked by
copper-gold zonation. The WBX Zone (West Magnetite Breccia) is situated along the western
hanging wall of the MBX stock. A down-faulted extension to this zone, the DWBX (Dropped
West Magnetite Breccia) is interpreted as having been displaced vertically along the Harris Fault
(that displacement is still to be confirmed by re-interpretation). The deposit is primarily hosted
by the volcanic and volcaniclastic rocks of the Witch Lake formation. Mineralization extends
from the eastern contact of the MBX stock to the Great Eastern Fault, and is centered on the
Rainbow Dyke which appears to have a possible bowl shape or is a multiple faulted east dipping
dyke, appearing as a sill at the contact with the MBX stock and becoming a dyke further towards
the east. No discernible directional control on mineralization has been identified, but local
aligned mesh textures and steeply dipping panels of fractures are observed.
A poorly developed supergene blanket exists over the deposit with limited supergene
enrichment. A swarm of post-mineral dykes intrude the eastern part of the MBX and 66 zones.
Mineralization in the SS deposit is hosted in the SS stock and adjacent Witch Lake volcanic
succession. A potassic-feldspar matrix breccia/stockwork with strongly carbonate altered
monzonite clasts forms the center of mineralization, predominantly along the footwall margin of
the stock.
7.4
Hypogene Mineralization
Mineralization consists of chalcopyrite and lesser bornite and magnetite in areas of potassic
alteration, and pyrite in areas of propylitic alteration. Mineralization is best developed in areas of
potassic alteration in the footwall and to a lesser extent the hanging wall of the stocks, as well as
within trachytic volcanic rocks and the Rainbow Dyke. The highest copper mineralization
presents a funnel shape around the MBX zone, the interior of the funnel getting narrower with
depth. In the part of the deposit already exploited, that zone is located at the contact of the
volcanics and intrusive rocks and shows an increase in silicification in a sheared zone. It is
presently named Contact Zone. The highest copper-gold grades are related to chalcopyrite
adjacent to the MBX and SS stocks. The highest gold grades are in the 66 Zone and are
associated with abundant pyrite. There is a reported association of high-gold grade with intense
albitization in latitic rocks and clots of pyrite, carbonate, and chlorite in trachyte.
7.4.1 Chalcopyrite
Chalcopyrite is associated with potassic alteration at the contact between volcanic and intrusive
rocks. It occurs most commonly as fine-grained disseminations and fracture fillings, and less
commonly as veinlets and selvedges of veinlets. Adjacent to the MBX stock, chalcopyrite may
be accompanied by pyrite to form coarse sulphide aggregates. Chalcopyrite-bearing veins
contain pyrite and magnetite in a gangue of potassium feldspar, quartz, and calcite. In massive
Page 7-9
trachytic rocks, chalcopyrite occurs with pyrite along curvilinear partings and also as
disseminations.
Chalcopyrite also occurs in gold-rich quartz veins associated with the SS, WBX and DWBX
7.4.2 Bornite
Bornite occurs as blebs and disseminations in lensoid zones within the volcanic rocks close to
the footwall contacts of the MBX and SS stocks.
7.4.3 Gold
Gold occurs as grains from 1 to 100 m in size, as observed in process samples. Grains occur as
micro-fracture fillings and are attached to pyrite, chalcopyrite, or bornite (Ditson, 1997). Gold
also forms inclusions within pyrite, chalcopyrite, and magnetite grains.
7.4.4 Pyrite
Pyrite content increases with distance from the MBX and SS stocks, and is most abundant in
propylitic altered rocks. Pyrite occurs as disseminations, veinlets, large clots, patches, and as
replacements of mafic minerals. Gold mineralization in the 66 Zone is associated with 10 to 20%
pyrite, with pyrite also forming a minor constituent in the potassic altered rocks. Cross-cutting
relationships indicate several generations of pyrite mineralization.
7.4.5 Magnetite
Magnetite is present throughout zones of potassic alteration, but is less common in propylitic
altered rocks. It occurs as disseminations, patches, in veinlets and within breccia matrix.
7.5
Supergene Mineralization
Supergene alteration in the Mount Milligan deposits is recognized in the MBX, WBX, and SS
Zones (Placer Dome, 1991). The alteration, although poorly developed, is deeper and more
extensive in the MBX and WBX zones than in the SS deposit. Supergene enrichment is restricted
to the sporadic occurrence of chalcocite, and does not form a well-defined zone. Supergene
alteration in the MBX and WBX zones occurs between 6109150N to 6109800N, and between
434000E to 434850E, where it is partially developed over a 20 m thickness. Locally, the
supergene mineralization reaches 50 to 60 m in thickness, in particular along the north and
eastern contacts of the MBX stock.
Secondary copper minerals identified in rocks with supergene alteration consist of sulphides
(covellite, chalcocite, and djurleite), oxides (cuprite and tenorite), carbonates (malachite and
azurite), and native copper. The secondary sulphides occur as rims around chalcopyrite. Oxides,
in particular cuprite, occur as surface coatings on native copper.
Secondary copper minerals commonly occur with iron oxides (goethite, magnetite, and hematite)
and iron carbonate (siderite), particularly where malachite and azurite are present. Hydrous iron
oxides, which are generally referred to as limonite and include goethite, commonly replace
chalcopyrite and pyrite. Limonite either completely replaces sulphide minerals or occurs only as
Page 7-10
coatings on surfaces of fractures and hairline cracks. Limonitic coatings commonly occur at
depths greater than those at which pyrite or chalcopyrite are completely replaced.
7.6
Polymetallic Veins
Gold-silver-bearing sulphide-rich and carbonate-rich veins are present in volcanic rocks adjacent
to the MBX and SS stocks. The sulphide-rich veins occur in the Creek and Esker zones, and are
hosted by andesitic volcanic rocks. They contain mostly pyrite with lesser chalcopyrite,
sphalerite, galena, molybdenite, arsenopyrite and tetrahedrite-tennantite, and minor quartz,
potassium feldspar, and carbonate. Potassium feldspar alteration envelopes are well-developed in
surrounding intensely propylitically-altered andesitic volcanic rocks. The carbonate-quartz-rich
veins contain sphalerite, galena, and pyrite, and occur in propylitically-altered latitic volcanic
rocks northwest and northeast of the MBX stock.
7.7
Alteration
Alteration of host rocks at Mount Milligan is well developed, and includes both potassic and
propylitic assemblages. Some minor post-mineral carbonate alteration is present locally.
Potassic alteration is best developed along the contacts (contact zones) of the MBX and SS
stocks and decreases in intensity both towards the core of the stocks, and into the host volcanics.
Propylitic alteration is best developed outside of the potassic assemblage and away from the
intrusives although some local overprinting of potassic assemblages occurs.
7.7.1 Potassic Alteration
Potassium feldspar alteration is widespread, and occurs principally as massive replacement of
fine-grained matrix in porphyritic tuffs and flows, or as diffuse zones adjacent to quartzcalcitesulphide veins. In the SS deposit, K-feldspar occurs as a stockwork and massive
replacement of dioritic clasts.
Biotite is common as fine-grained replacement in tuff or flow, and rarely occurs as coarser
books. Potassic alteration is well developed in volcanic and volcaniclastic rocks in the MBX and
66 zones, but is poorly developed in the MBX stock and Rainbow Dyke.
7.7.2 Propylitic Alteration
Calcite-actinolite, replacing augite phenocrysts in tuffs and flows, is ubiquitous. Calciteactinolite is commonly replaced by pyrite. This type of alteration produces a salt and pepper
texture that is cross-cut by propylitic alteration, and locally cross-cut by potassic alteration.
Incipient epidote alteration consists of fine veinlets, and gives way to patchy and pervasive
green-white alteration. Large clots and diffuse vein-like zones of epidote-calcitepyrite-albitechlorite are best developed in 66 Zone drill holes and locally in the MBX Zone. Pervasive
epidote-calcite alteration produces a characteristic light green and white color that obliterates
primary volcanic features. Locally, augite is preserved in zones of strong to pervasive epidotecalcite-pyrite alteration.

Page 7-11
Calcite also occurs as pervasive massive replacement of fine-grained tuff or flow. Albite patches
greater than 12 cm occur in association with epidote-pyrite and in some places, albite is found to
preferentially replace lithic fragments. The propylitic assemblage cross-cuts potassic and
calciteactinolite alteration.
Chlorite was observed in thin-section, forming rims around pyrite crystals, and replacing augite
phenocrysts.
7.7.3 Length Width Continuity
Mount Milligan is a tabular, near-surface, alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposit that measures
approximately 2,500 m north-south, 1,500 m east-west, and is more than 400 m thick. Within
this system, the overall shapes of the mineralized bodies are irregular and gradational. The limits
of the zones can vary greatly in size and shape depending on which grade cut-offs are used. The
known deposit extents on the west side are limited by the lack of drill hole information in that
area, and could possibly be extended.

Page 7-12
8.0
DEPOSIT TYPE
The Mount Milligan deposits are part of the clan of Alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposits
(Panteleyev, 1995) that are associated with alkaline igneous rocks and occur in only a few
mineral provinces worldwide (Deyell and Tosdal, 2004). They commonly consist of stockworks,
veinlets, and disseminations of pyrite, chalcopyrite, bornite, and magnetite that occur in large
zones of economical bulk-mineable mineralization in or adjoining porphyritic intrusions of
diorite to syenite composition. The mineralization is spatially, temporally, and genetically
associated with hydrothermal alteration of the intrusive bodies and host rocks.
Alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposits typically occur within orogenic belts at convergent plate
boundaries, commonly oceanic volcanic island arcs overlying oceanic crust. Chemically distinct
magmatism with alkalic intrusions varying in composition from gabbro, diorite and monzonite to
nepheline syenite intrusions and coeval shoshonitic volcanic rocks, takes place at certain times in
segments of some island arcs.
Deposits of this style found in British Columbia include Afton, Copper Mountain, and Galore
Creek. British Columbia deposits occur in both Quesnel and Stikine Terranes and are restricted
to the Later Triassic to Early Jurassic. Global deposits include Ok Tedi in Papua New Guinea
and Cadia in Australia.
Richards (Richards, 2003) describes a typical porphyry copper-forming volcano-plutonic system
(Figure 8.1) in which an upper crustal batholith complex of andesitic composition is fed by dykes
rising from a lower crustal MASH zone. After further fractionation at this level, evolved
volatile-rich dacitic magmas are emplaced at shallow levels and may vent to the surface to build
a volcanic edifice. Volatiles exsolved from the large volume of crystallizing batholithic magma
are channelled upward along the subvolcanic structural axis of the system to generate magmatichydrothermal potassic alteration (K), potentially with copper mineralization. As the magmatichydrothermal system wanes, phyllic alteration (Ph) overprints the peripheral potassic alteration
and advanced-argillic alteration (AA; fumarolic alteration at surface) affects the volcanic edifice.
Propylitic alteration (not shown), caused by circulating heated ground waters, affects the country
rocks in a wide zone around the system.

Page 8-1
Figure 8.1
Idealized Porphyry System

Source: Richards, 2003

Page 8-2
9.0
EXPLORATION
9.1
Exploration, 2014
Since acquiring Terrane, TCM has conducted a surface mineral exploration program in the
North-East portion of the Project claim group, which had not been explored in-depth in past
programs. During the summer and fall of 2014, TCM engaged Equity Exploration Consultants
Ltd. to conduct an exploration program, which consisted of two phases. Phase 1 comprised
geological mapping, prospecting and soil sampling. A total of 147 line-km were mapped and
1527 samples assayed. A total of 10 samples were sent to a specialized lab for thin section
studies. Phase 2 was a follow up on results of Phase 1 and included ground geophysics (IP and
magnetics) and a more detailed mapping, prospecting and soil sampling program focused on
target areas.
The 2014 exploration program was successful in identifying a new prospect in the northeast
region of the claim group (Figure 9.1; boxed area identified as Map Area) with outcrops that
display strong texturally destructive propylitic alteration. The prospect area correlates with an
overlapping zone of low but weakly to moderately elevated Cu, Zn and Sb values in soil and
occurs in a location of low resistivity with a halo of high chargeability. Several zones with
elevated As, Sb, Mo, Pb and Zn values occur that remain unexplained. Further work is required
to investigate the area around this new prospect as well as the zones of elevated soil values.
Figure 9.1
2014 Exploration Area
Source: TCM, 2015

Page 9-1
10.0
DRILLING
Diamond drilling at the Property was designed to test and delineate mineralized material, to
obtain metallurgical samples, to sterilize areas planned for infrastructure, and to gather
geotechnical and environmental information. A total of 232,438 m from 1,016 drill holes were
drilled by Lincoln, United Lincoln, Continental Gold, Placer Dome, Terrane and TCM between
February 1987 and February 2013. Table 10.1 summarizes historical drilling activities.
Table 10.1
Year
Summary of Drill Programs

Metres
Holes Operators
1987-2004 200,214
2006-2007 20,072
2010-2013 12,152
Total
232,438
10.1
900
69
47
1,016
Lincoln, Continental, Placer Dome

Terrane
TCM
Pre-2004 Drilling
10.1.1 Data Collection

Geotechnical information was collected for all drill holes subsequent to drill hole 87-70, and
geological information was collected for all drilling conducted at the Property. This information
was collected on drill log forms that varied depending on the operator conducting the work and
the type of deposit they were looking for. Some drill holes were assayed for gold and not for
copper, others for copper and not gold. Lincoln, United Lincoln, and Continental Gold used a
written form, with a header and descriptive format. The header included information on drill hole
number, location, orientation, drilling company, geologist and dates. The descriptive section was
broken down to intervals based on primary lithology, with descriptive reference to alteration,
structure and mineralization.
Placer Dome used a coding system known as GEOLOG, with specific information captured on
coded geologic logs, which were then entered to computer and verified using GEOLOG
software. The header section included drilling metadata, similar to that recorded by previous
operators. Geological information included lithology, alteration, and mineralization including
both intensity/amount and mode of occurrence. GEOLOG forms were supplemented by
graphical logs as well as descriptive remarks.
Geotechnical information was recorded on forms and captured in spreadsheets. Recorded
information included core recovery, rock quality (RQD), hardness or compressive strength (CS),
degree of breakage, degree of weathering or oxidation, fracture and joint frequency, and specific
gravity (SG).

Page 10-1
10.2
2004 Drilling (Placer Dome)
Placer Domes 2004 drill program was conducted to obtain core for metallurgical test work, with
drill holes located within the MBX, 66, and SS Zones. Holes were twinned with or drilled near
existing holes, with a total of 2,184 m drilled in 14 holes.
Aggressive Diamond Drilling Ltd. of Kelowna, British Columbia conducted the drilling using a
Boyles 56 drill rig, and McElhanney Surveying Ltd. (McElhanney Surveying) of Prince George
surveyed the drill sites. An Icefield Inclinometer was used to measure downhole deviation.
Drilling information was captured directly to an acQuire database.
10.3
2006-2007 Drilling (Terrane)
In early September 2006, Terrane commenced a four-phase diamond drilling program. The first
phase was designed to acquire samples for metallurgical test work. Initiated in late 2006, the
second phase targeted mineralization on the west side of the MBX stock. The third phase
commenced in March 2007, and was designed to gather geotechnical information across the
Main deposit. The fourth phase commenced in June 2007, and was designed to gather geological
and geotechnical information on the margins of the SS deposit, and in the vicinity of proposed
infrastructure. Cyr Drilling International Ltd. (Cyr Drilling) of Manitoba conducted all four drill
phases using a skid-mounted machine and HQ diameter drill rods. An ACE core orientation tool
was used to provide oriented core for subsequent measurements.
Geological and geotechnical information was collected on Excel spreadsheets for all drill holes
completed by Terrane. The geological spreadsheets included identification of drill hole numbers,
locations, orientation, geologist, and drilling dates. The detailed geological information included
lithology, alteration, and mineralization including both intensity/amount and mode of
occurrence. Magnetic susceptibility information was collected at 2-m intervals.
Geotechnical information was recorded on a separate set of Excel spreadsheets and captured core
recovery, RQD, and fracture intensity.
The four-phase program is summarized in Table 10.2.
Table 10.2
Year
Terrane Drill Program Summary

Metres
Holes
Phase I
7,690
32
Phase II
9,292
23
Phase III
1,525
Phase IV
Total
1,565
20,072
9
69

Page 10-2
Figure 10.1 is a plan map showing the drill hole locations from the first three phases of the 20062007 drilling program, all of which were included in resource modelling work. The following
sections discusses the drilling phases. All quoted intervals are downhole intercepts, which may
not necessarily reflect the true width of mineralization.
Figure 10.1
Drill Hole Location Map Phases I to IV Drilling

Page 10-3
10.3.1 Phase I Drilling

The first drilling phase included a total of 7,690 m from 32 holes.
The purpose of this drilling was to acquire fresh material for metallurgical test work. The
program was designed to test a range of lithologies and alteration types across the mineralized
domains of the Main and SS deposits. The holes were collared across the strike length of the
deposits, and targeted material that had been well-defined from historical drilling.
10.3.2 Phase II Drilling
Phase II was designed to target areas of mineralization that had been less densely drilled by
previous operators. In particular, drilling targeted mineralization in the DWBX which was
intersected as part of the Phase I drill program. In addition, several holes targeted mineralization
located between the SS and Main deposits. Cyr Drilling conducted the diamond drilling using the
same equipment utilized for the Phase I program. A total of 9,292 m from 23 HQ diameter holes
was completed.
The Phase II program successfully confirmed the continuity of mineralization in the DWBX.
Drill holes 07-970, 07-971, 07-975, and 07-981 demonstrated good continuity of mineralization
greater than 0.20% Cu over significant apparent widths. The holes were drilled at 70 to the east,
with DWBX mineralization modelled as shallow to moderately dipping to the west. This
mineralization is localized along the upper contact of a down-faulted block of monzonite
intrusive located west of the Harris Fault.
Drill holes 07-984, 07-986, and 07-987 drilled on the northern end of the SS deposit targeted
copper-gold mineralization associated with deeper monzonite intrusive bodies. The eastern-most
drill hole 07-987 failed to intersect significant gold or copper mineralization, but both 07-984
and 07-986 demonstrated good continuity of copper mineralization over apparent widths of
greater than 100 m and copper grades in the range of 0.18% to 0.25% Cu.
Drill holes 07-977, 07-979, and 07-988 were drilled to follow up on mineralization intersected in
Phase I with drill hole 06-940. This mineralization occurs on the west side of the Harris Fault
towards the northwest corner of the Main Zone. Mineralization appears to occur above shallow
west dipping structures that bisect andesitic volcanic rocks. All three holes intersected coppergold mineralization, with 07-979 returning an interval of 140 m grading 0.27% Cu and 0.24 g/t
Au, and 07-988 returning 120 m grading 0.32% Cu and 0.24 g/t Au from potassic-altered
volcanic rocks.
10.3.3 Phase III Drilling
Phase III was designed to gather further geological and geotechnical information along the
perimeters of the Main deposit. A total of five holes and 1,525 m of HQ drilling was completed
as part of this program.

Page 10-4
Drill hole 07-989 was collared on the western limits of the MBX stock and drilled west through
the WBX, through the Harris Fault, and into the DWBX. The orientation of this hole was high
angle, oblique to mineralization, and as such the observed widths are not true widths of the
mineralized zones. Drill hole 07-990 was collared in the MBX monzonite and drilled to the
north, completing in the altered andesitic volcanic rocks of the Witch Lake Succession. Drill hole
07-992 was drilled south-southeast into the gold-rich 66 Zone.
As part of the geotechnical investigation, a total of 12 20 cm (2.4 m total) samples were
removed for unconfined compressive strength (UCS) testing, and 130 20 cm (26 m total)
samples were removed for point load testing (PLT). All of the 20 cm sections of drill core were
removed prior to core splitting and have not been assayed.
10.3.4 Phase IV Drilling
Terrane conducted a fourth phase of diamond drilling with 1,565 m drilled in nine holes on the
Property as shown in Figure 10.2. This program included three geotechnical drill holes to gather
geotechnical information on the perimeter of the SS deposit, and six condemnation drill holes
designed to gather subsurface information in the vicinity of the proposed infrastructure.
The Phase IV program was performed subsequent to the completion of the resource modeling for
the 2008 Report. Drilling from these holes was included in the construction of the resource
model for the 2009 Report. Condemnation drilling was conducted outside of the resource model
limits, and did not encounter significant mineralization.

Page 10-5
Figure 10.2
Drill Hole Location Map Phase IV Drilling

Page 10-6
10.4
Post-2009 Drilling (TCM)
In 2010-2011, 17 drill holes (10-1003 to 10-1012 and 11-1013 to 11-1019), totaling 10,535 m,
were planned and executed to extend in depth the expression of the DWBX zone towards the
west part of the deposit and north of the King Richard Creek. Good copper and gold intercepts
were defined from the core samples. These drill results were used in the 2014 Mineral Resource
estimation.
In 2011, an additional 10 holes were drilled for metallurgical characterization of the material to
be mined within the Phase 3 pit envelope defined in 2009. These holes were named MET 11-01
to MET 11-10. A total of 867.5 meters were drilled, logged, sampled and assayed. The assay
results were used in the 2014 Mineral Resource estimation.
During June 2013, 20 holes were drilled to define the thickness of the overburden in the east part
of the Main and 66 zones. This core was not assayed.
10.5
Survey Control
10.5.1 Pre-2006 Drilling

While Terrane has not independently verified the drill hole locations, because most of the
casings were removed prior to taking ownership of the Project, they have reportedly been
surveyed by licensed surveyors. The first grids on the Property were established in 1984 and
1985 when BP Resources conducted soil geochemical surveys along flagged and tagged lines.
The lines were put in using chain and compass and were not corrected for the local magnetic
deviation apparently caused by the Mount Milligan Intrusive Complex to the northwest.
Between1986 and 1988, Lincoln and United Lincoln established a new grid for geophysical
surveys. These lines were cut and marked by aluminum tags and pickets. The first grid lines were
put in using a compass and were not corrected for the local magnetic deviation. Later lines were
turned off a baseline by a transit and EDM, and were put in using a backsite and foresite. This
grid was used to establish the locations of diamond drill holes 87-1 to 89-120.
In November 1988, McElhanney Surveying established a mine grid whose relative position was
set by labeling a point adjacent to the legal corner post of the PHIL 9 and PHIL 12 mineral
claims as being 10000 N and 10000 E. The northern and eastern boundaries of the PHIL 9
mineral claim were surveyed to tie the mine grid to the legal corner post, and to establish control
points for surveying in drill holes. Drill holes 87-1 to 88-70 were surveyed as time permitted
during the 1988 diamond drill program. The other diamond drill holes were surveyed as they
were drilled.
In early 1989, a legal survey of the PHIL 9 and PHIL 12 mineral claims commenced. This
survey was more accurate than the mine grid survey because it used a different star shot for
control; consequently, the legal survey differs slightly from the mine grid.
The mine grid and legal survey grids are tied at a point called PCON, which is on a small hill
approximately 500 m northwest of the MBX deposit. PCON is tied to a regional Datum through

Page 10-7
regional geodetic points on Knob Hill northeast of the Main zone and to a point on the 124th
meridian in the area south of the deposits.
10.5.2 Drilling 20062007 By Terrane
Planned drill holes were initially spotted by the Terrane field geologist using a hand held GPS,
and markers were placed for drill collar location and field sites.
In April and May of 2007, AllNorth Consultants Ltd. of Prince George was contracted to survey
in the 20062007 program drill holes. This survey was conducted using a LEICA RTK GNSS
base station and rover combination. The latest survey was completed on September 11, 2007 and
the field data was subsequently post-processed into UTM NAD83 coordinates.
10.5.3 Post-2009 Drilling
In 2010-2011, 17 drill holes (10-1003 to 10-1012 and 11-1013 to 11-1019) were surveyed using
a handheld GPS-RTK (Real Time Kinematic) by the contractor mandated to supervise the
exploration campaign (Equity Exploration Consultants Ltd). The elevation of these collars is
based on the 2008 Lidar survey. Holes were drilled by Apex Drilling.
In 2011, an additional 10 holes (MET 11-01 to MET 11-10) were drilled for the metallurgical
characterization of the material to be mined within the Phase 3 pit envelope defined in 2009.
Collars were surveyed using a handheld GPS-RTK. The elevations are based on the 2008 Lidar
survey.
10.5.4 2013 Drilling (TCM)
During June 2013, 20 holes were drilled to define the thickness of the overburden in the east part
of the Main and 66 zones. Collars of vertical holes S13-01 to S13-20 were surveyed by mine
personnel. Elevations are verified on the 2008 Lidar survey.
10.6
Downhole Surveys
10.6.1 Pre-2006 Drilling

Downhole dips for diamond drill holes 87-1 to 90-758 (pre-Placer Dome) were determined by
acid tests. Downhole azimuths were not determined because it was believed that the results
obtained by conventional downhole survey methods utilizing a compass would have been
meaningless due to the concentrations of magnetite. Nine holes were surveyed with a Sperry Sun
gyro instrument. Data from this study was analyzed and a weighted average azimuth change of
+0.02597 degrees per meter was calculated and applied to all holes with bottom of hole dips of
85.
The holes drilled under the management of Placer Dome employed a Sperry Sun magnetic
survey instrument, with the location of survey points controlled by magnetic susceptibility
readings of the drill core. Downhole surveys during the 2004 drill program were completed with
an Icefield Instruments inclinometer tool.

Page 10-8
10.6.2 20062007 Drilling By Terrane

Terrane employed a Reflex EZ-Shot magnetic survey instrument to measure azimuth, dip, roll
angle, temperature, and magnetic field strength. Magnetic field strength measurements were used
to identify measurements that may have been influenced by magnetic interference.
10.6.3 2010-2011 Drilling By TCM
The drill hole collars drilled by Apex Drilling in 2010 and 2011 (10-1003 to 10-1012 and 111013 to 11-1019) were surveyed using an GPS-RTK (Real Time Kinematic) Dip, a hand held
survey GPS coupled with a mobile base.
The 10 vertical drill holes (MET 11-01 to MET 11-10) that were drilled for metallurgical testing
with core being oriented were also surveyed using a handheld GPS-RTK instrument.
10.6.4 2013 Drilling By TCM
TCM drilled 20 holes to define the thickness of the overburden. Overburden was neither sampled
nor assayed. Core boxes were cross-stacked on pallets and remain at the exploration camp. Only
the collars of the 20 vertical holes were surveyed by mine site surveyors. Hole deviations were
not surveyed.

Page 10-9
11.0
SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES AND SECURITY
11.1
Pre-2004 Samples
11.1.1 Sample Preparation

Samples for drill holes 87-1 to 88-60 were prepared (and assayed) by Acme Analytical
Laboratories Ltd. (Acme); drill holes 88-61 to 90-758 were prepared by Mineral Environments
Laboratories Ltd. (Min-En); and drill holes 90-759 to 91-862 were prepared by the Placer Dome
Research Centre (PDRC). All of these laboratories are located in Vancouver, British Columbia.
Samples were prepared as follows:
Samples were first dried at 95C.

Samples were jaw crushed to nominal 6 mm.
Samples were then roll crushed to nominal 0.3 mm.
Samples were riffle split until a 300 to 400 g sub-sample was generated.
Sub-samples were then pulverized to 95% passing a 120 mesh screen.
11.1.2 Assaying
Gold was assayed by the primary labs (Acme, Min-En, and PDRC) by standard fire assay with
an atomic absorption finish on a 30 g pulp sample. Copper was assayed by digesting 2 g of
sample in aqua regia and determining the assay value by atomic absorption spectrometry. Gold
assay batches consisted of 24 samples and copper assay batches of 70 samples. Bondar Clegg
and Chemex, both of Vancouver, British Columbia, performed check assays on selected sample
pulps using the same protocol.
Min-En performed metallic screen fire assays for gold by weight-averaging the entire +120 mesh
fraction with the average of two assays of the -120 mesh fraction.
Trace element geochemical analysis of silver by atomic absorption spectroscopy (Min-En) was
routinely conducted on samples from drill holes 88-61 to 89-212.
In the opinion of the authors of this Technical Report, the assay procedures for gold and copper
assays at Mount Milligan Mine are considered appropriate for a gold-copper porphyry deposit.
Assaying was performed by methods conforming to industry-standard practices for this type of
deposit.
11.1.3 Security
No specific sample security measures were in place during the pre-2004 drill programs.
11.2
2004 Placer Dome Samples

Samples for drill holes 04-920 to 04-933 (2004) were prepared (and assayed) by Eco-Tech
Laboratories Ltd. (Eco-Tech) of Kamloops, British Columbia. Samples were prepared as
follows:

Page 11-1
Samples were jaw crushed to nominal 5 mesh.

Samples were crushed to nominal 10 mesh (equipment used is not documented).
Samples were then riffle split until a nominal 1 kg sub-sample was generated.
Sub-samples were then pulverized to nominal 140 mesh.
11.2.2 Assaying
Gold was assayed by Eco-Tech by standard fire assay with an atomic absorption finish on a 30 g
pulp sample. Copper assays utilized aqua regia sample decomposition with analysis by
inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Copper analyses greater
than 7,000 ppm were rerun using atomic absorption spectrometry.
11.3
Terrane 20062007 Samples

The initial splitting of drill core at the Project site was the only aspect of sample preparation
performed by Terrane employees. The half-core samples were then shipped to ALS Chemex in
North Vancouver, British Columbia for sample preparation and analysis.
Samples were prepared using Method Code PREP-31 as follows:
Samples were logged into the tracking system and barcodes applied.
Samples were dried and weighed.
Samples were fine crushed >70% passing 2 mm.
Samples were split to 250 g and pulverized to >85% passing 75 m.
No aspect of the sample preparation was conducted by an officer, director, or associate of

Terrane.
11.3.2 Assaying
Drill core samples were analyzed for gold content using ALS Chemexs method Au-AA25. Gold
assays utilized a fire assay fusion sample decomposition of a 30 g pulp with an atomic absorption
spectrometry finish.
Copper analysis was completed using ALS Chemexs method Cu-OG46. Copper assays utilized
aqua regia sample decomposition with analysis by ICP-AES.
Every second sample was also analyzed for multiple elements using ALS Chemexs method MEMS41. This method analyzed trace levels for 50 elements by aqua regia digestion and a
combination of ICP-AES and inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS). Silver
was analyzed as part of this multi-element package.
In addition to an internal laboratory quality control program utilized by ALS Chemex, Terrane
maintained an additional quality assurance and quality control program through the systematic
use of standards, blanks, and duplicates. For every 20 samples, one standard and one blank were
inserted into the sample stream by core sampling personnel at the Project site. Two different
copper-gold standards were purchased from CDN Resource Laboratories Ltd. in Delta, British
Page 11-2
Columbia. Standards were alternated for each batch of 20 samples. In addition, for every 20th
sample, the sample prep laboratory created a duplicate pulp for a comparative analysis.
ALS Chemex laboratories in North America are registered to ISO 9001:2000 for the provision of
assay and geochemical analytical services by QMI Quality Registrars. In addition, ALS
Chemexs main North American laboratory in North Vancouver, British Columbia is accredited
by the Standards Council of Canada (SCC) for specific tests listed in the Scope of Accreditation
No. 579, which is available at http://palcan.scc.ca/specs/pdf/677 e.pdf. This accreditation is
based on international standards (ISO 17025) and involves extensive site audits and ongoing
performance evaluations. Assay methods used by Terrane (Au-AA25, Cu-OG46, and ME-MS41)
are listed on this accreditation.
11.3.3 Security
Samples were sealed in large rice sacks and stored in the core sampling shed in order to improve
the security of the samples while at the Project site, and also to ensure the validity and integrity
of the samples taken. Twice weekly, the sacks were shipped from the Project site directly to ALS
Chemexs prep laboratory via Russell Transfer, a bonded independent expeditor based in Fort St.
James, British Columbia.
11.4
TCM Production Blasthole Samples
Sample Delivery, Intake and Preparation
Blast hole samples are collected once or twice a day by the Ore Control
Geologist/Technician and delivered to the on-site assay laboratory for analysis.
Samples are delivered in individual heavy duty plastic bags with unique barcode ID tags.
Upon delivery at the assay laboratory, a Geology Sample Submission form is filled out at
the laboratory stating the date submitted, the person submitted by, the number of samples
along with the sample identifications and the analysis required (Cu, Au, Ag, S, Fe, ABA).
Each sample transferred from the bag to individual drying pans and is scanned into a
batch created in the assay laboratorys Laboratory Information Management System
(LIMS) software.
Samples are dried, crushed, and riffle split down to ~300 g.
This split material is then pulverized to -200 mesh, barcoded and staged for wet
chemistry and fire assay.
Wet Chemistry - acid digestion and atomic absorption analysis are completed for each sample,
and copper, iron and silver values are read on a PerkinElmer PinAAcle 900 atomic absorption
spectrometer using internal calibration and quality control standards.
Fire Assay flux preparation, fusion, cupellation, parting and atomic absorption analysis are
completed for each sample, and gold values are read on a PerkinElmer PinAAcle 900 atomic
absorption spectrometer using internal calibration and quality control standards.

Page 11-3
11.5
Quality Control And Remedial Action Procedure
The Mount Milligan Assay Laboratory uses standards and blanks as well as internal duplicates
for QA/QC. A first and last duplicate is digested and analyzed for each set of twenty blast hole
samples. A quality control standard is also digested and analyzed with each set of twenty blast
hole samples. All controls and duplicates must pass QA/QC for each data set prior to data
release.
11.6
Adequacy Of Sample Preparation
In the opinion of the authors of this Technical Report, sample preparation, security, and
analytical procedures utilized during drilling programs were adequate and conducted according
to industry standards.

Page 11-4
12.0
DATA VERIFICATION
12.1
Assay Quality Control Pre-2006
Standards, blanks, and duplicates were not routinely inserted into the sample stream during the
historic drill programs from 1987 to 1992. However, there were external check assay programs
in place, both by Continental Gold and Placer Dome, and one of these check programs did
employ standards as a check on accuracy. Check assay work was initiated in January 1989
starting with drill hole 88-61 and continued on a regular basis up to drill hole 91-825.
Approximately 35,000 check assay determinations of all types were completed.
Check samples were selected from drill holes within the mineralized zones. Gold check assays
from drill holes 88-61 to 89-180 and drill holes 90-759 to 91-825 and copper check assays from
drill holes 88-61 to 91-825 were selected by company geological personnel after the original
assays were received. This selection procedure emphasized higher grade samples over lower
grade samples. Gold check assays from drill holes 89-180 to 90-758 were selected by regularly
sending every tenth reject sample to a second laboratory for re-numbering. This sampling
method was random and relatively simple to organize from a materials handling standpoint. It
also insured that regular check assays on reject material were taken through various time periods
in the laboratory, in various zones of the deposit and various grades of material. However, this
method tended to include a large number of low grade samples. The pre-2004 check assay
programs are summarized in Table 12.1.
Table 12.1
Check Assay Programs Pre-2004 Number of Samples
Assay Type
Original Assays
Original Assays
Original Duplicates
Original Duplicates
Blind Checks
Blind Checks
Second Lab Checks
Second Lab Checks
Total
12.2
- Au
- Cu
- Au
- Cu
- Au
- Cu
- Au
- Cu
Min En
Placer Dome
Research Lab
69,500
68,300
6,950
6,830
4,460
1,300
140
200
157,680
3,300
4,500
330
450
140
200
450
1,000
10,370
Bondar
Clegg Chemex Acme
0
0
0
0
0
0
3,000
20
3,020
0
0
0
0
0
0
650
174
824
Totals
4,000
4,000
76,800
76,800
7,250
7,280
4,600
1,500
4,240
1,394
8,000 179,864
Summary Of Check Assay Programs
Giroux (March 1990) reported on the results of the initial check assay work from drill holes 8861 through 89-406. The sampling variability of gold determinations was examined by comparing
blind check assays. The results showed no significant bias and a random variability on 1,770
blind reject results from drill holes 89-80 through 89-406. A 10% bias was reported on gold
assays from drill holes 88-61 through 89-79 and it was recommended that these values be
adjusted. Giroux also examined the results from 175 samples of material taken from either side
Page 12-1
of halved core. In this test, the remaining one half of the core was completely crushed and
pulverized and compared to the original results from the other side of the core. It was noted that
there was no significant bias for copper or gold between different laboratories on these samples.
In another test on 28 samples, it was noted that there was no appreciable increase in the accuracy
by grinding the entire sample.
Hartzell and Srivastava (December 1990) reported on gold check assay work from drill holes 90407 through 90-758. This analysis compared the original Min-En assays to check assays
completed by Chemex, Min-En, and Bondar Clegg. It was reported that duplicate assays from
Chemex (143 samples) and Min-En (1,644 samples) showed no significant bias in the original
1990 Min-En gold assays. Check assays from Bondar Clegg (1,652 samples) in 1990 were noted
to be an average of 10% higher than the original Min-En assays. Drill holes 88-61 through 89-79
were also re-examined. The study did not support the 10% bias noted by Giroux (March 1990),
and recommended the original assays be left unchanged.
Smee (1992) reviewed the analytical history of the Project, the quality control procedures, and
the resultant gold analytical data. The mean geological gold grade of the Mount Milligan
acquisition database was calculated by Placer Dome staff as being 17% higher than the mean
gold grade of the pre-feasibility database. The acquisition database was built from the first 406
holes drilled. Drill holes 410 to 825 were added to the previous database to form the prefeasibility database.
Smee and Stanley (1992) reported on a program of gold re-analysis that was carried out on pulp
samples from the Project under strict quality control conditions. All analyses were carried out by
the Placer Dome Research Centre laboratory. Two standards were used in the study: an internal
geological sample of mine tailing inserted once in every batch of 20 samples, and a Canmet
international standard inserted once in every 100 samples. In addition, blanks and duplicates
were inserted into the sample stream, one for every 20 samples. Comparisons of the average
standard gold value obtained by Placer Dome with the accepted gold values, show accuracy to
within 5% at the 0.3 g/t level. A consistent low bias is noted with all standards and most rocks in
the re-analysis.
Smee concluded that there did not appear to be any systematic bias in the analytical data set.
Precision calculations suggested that any one sample had an error of at least 20% for gold at the
0.3 g/t level, regardless of rock type. Smee also concluded that the discrepancy in the gold grade
between the acquisition and pre-feasibility databases has more than one cause, but the principal
factor is that the samples from the two datasets were obtained from different places.
A 14-hole drill program, with the objective of obtaining fresh material for metallurgical test
work, was completed in 2004. Assaying from this program was conducted by Eco-Tech
Laboratories. A certified reference material (CDN-CGS-1) was inserted on a regular basis during
this drill program. Results of the routine analysis of this standard indicated a high bias of 6.4%
for gold analyses and 3.5% for copper, relative to the accepted value of the reference material.

Page 12-2
12.3
Drill Database Corrections
A data verification program was conducted by Technical Support Services Incorporated in 1991,
with efforts concentrated on assay data (including collar and down-hole surveys), geotechnical
data, and lithology codes. As part of this program, all sample intervals and assay data were teamverified against original data in the form of assay certificates, laboratory work sheets, hand
written drill logs, and survey notes.
Further verification and data validation were conducted in 1998 as part of the Placer Dome
economic evaluation.
In 2014 additional data verification and validation was carried out by TCM geologists as part of
their updated economic evaluation as explained in Section 12.7.
12.4
Assay Quality Control
Terrane instituted a field-based quality control program for the 2006/2007 drill program at
Mount Milligan. The results of the QA/QC program were reviewed by Gary Lustig (2007). The
program consisted of the routine insertion of standard reference material, preparation duplicates,
and blanks into the sample stream. Following the review, corrective action was taken on a
number of sample batches with quality control samples exceeding acceptable limits.
A slight high bias of the copper analyses of 2 to 5% relative to the accepted value of the certified
reference material used has been noted. A similar bias appears in the ALS Chemex internal QC
analyses. This bias is within the range of some of the laboratories participating in the round robin
analyses of the standards. There was no appreciable bias of the gold analyses relative to the
standards.
External pulp duplicate check analyses at a separate laboratory (Acme) indicated no significant
relative bias in the gold analyses and a consistent high bias of the primary analyses of ~5% for
copper.
Assessment of precision based on routine analyses of preparation duplicates (split after initial
crushing) indicated the precision of gold analyses is slightly less than ideal and copper is slightly
greater.
Routine analyses of blank material indicated no systematic contamination during sample
preparation. A few isolated higher analyses resulted in batch re-assays with acceptable results.
Lustig concluded that the quality control program implemented at Mount Milligan met generally
accepted industry standards and confirmed the accuracy, precision, and lack of contamination of
the 2006/2007 Mount Milligan drill program.
12.5
Database Verification
Terrane conducted a data compilation and verification program on the Mount Milligan data set.
An electronic filing system has been established, with over 32 bankers boxes of geologic and
geotechnical logs scanned to PDF format. In addition, all of the original assay certificates have
been scanned and matched to drill log files.
Page 12-3
Terrane contracted Maxwell Geoservices to compile historic drill hole data into a new project
database. This compilation was conducted in two phases, with the first aimed at establishing a
digital record of historic QA/QC data, and the second at developing a SQL digital database.
Following the transfer of the digital data to the DataShed database, Maxwell Geoservices
conducted a database audit, including an audit of data structure, and functionality.
Recommendations were implemented into the Mount Milligan Mine database, including
completion of drill hole metadata.
12.5.1 Historic Mount Milligan Database Phase I
The initial phase of data review was aimed at establishing a secure SQL database for storage of
Mount Milligan Mine drill hole data, and re-establishing an electronic record of historical
QA/QC data. All historical QA/QC assay certificates were entered and verified, and incorporated
into the database. As part of this process, the blind check re-numbering scheme was maintained,
incorporating both original and re-numbered sample ID numbers as part of the data record.
The Mount Milligan Mine database contains a total of 4,910 repeat analyses on 4,227 blind
check samples covering a range of 472 drill holes from 1987 to 1991.
12.5.2 Historic Mount Milligan Database Phase II
The second stage of database development included compilation and audit of the drill hole data.
The historic alteration, mineralization, and geotechnical data was compiled and digitally entered
by Maxwell Geoservices with data entry completed in April 2007.
Following data compilation, the database was reviewed for completeness of metadata. In
addition, Maxwell Geoservices validated 10% of the entered data against the paper copy.
12.6
IMC Review Of Drill Database
12.6.1 Review Summary

Independent Mining Consultants (IMC) completed a review of the Mount Milligan Mine drill
hole database as part of its due diligence in support of Mineral Resource estimates (IMC 2007).
The 956 drill hole database supplied to IMC contains 91,068 assay intervals, of which 89,749
have gold assays and 89,779 have copper assays. Drilling data was summarized and grouped by
the drill operator and primary assay lab. Continental, Placer, and Terrane used 2-m assay
intervals, and assay intervals used by Lincoln were variable averaging 1.7 m. These intervals are
short relative to the 15 x 15 x 15 m model block size.
All of the holes are core holes, dominantly of NQ diameter during the earlier drilling and of HQ
diameter during the Terrane drilling. A few six-inch holes were drilled to obtain metallurgical
samples. Core recovery routinely exceeded 90% and averaged 96.6%.
Check assay data were either made available by Terrane, or entered digitally from tables
contained in historic reports. Three basic types of check assay data are available for the Project:
repeat or duplicate assays run by the primary lab

Page 12-4
check assays run by an external lab on pulps prepared by the primary lab
external-lab assays run on fresh pulps prepared by the external lab from half-core or
reject samples.
No external check assays are available for the 1987-88 Acme/Min-En/Placer assays (drill holes
87-1 to 88-60) or for the 2004 Eco-Tech assays. However, these assays make up only about five
percent of the total number of assays in the database. The remaining assays have an appreciable
number of gold check assays but relatively few copper check assays.
The check assay data were split into subsets based on primary lab and check lab. Pairs of data
were compared using quantile-quantile (QQ) plots, and differences between primary and check
lab were summarized as a difference between mean grades and as the gradient of the regression
line fitted to the points on a QQ plot.
As a further check on the assay database, IMC conducted a review of nearest-neighbour
composites. Nearest-neighbour comparisons were performed by twinning 10 m gold and copper
composites from different assaying and drilling campaigns, over a maximum separation distance
of 15 m. These are analogous to twinned-hole comparisons, but they usually incorporate a much
larger number of samples, with the concept being that data sets twinned over so short a distance
should show substantially the same mean grades and grade distributions if no significant assay
biases are present.
Nearest-neighbour comparisons are not as diagnostic as check assay comparisons because they
can sometimes be distorted by location biases even at short separations, but they generally
provide a robust blanket check on all stages of the assaying process, including sampling, sample
preparation, and analysis. At Mount Milligan Mine they also provide comparative information
for the drilling campaigns for which no check assays are available.
A third review was conducted, through comparison of metallurgical test results with primary
assay data. The head grades calculated during these tests were compared with the average grades
of the tested intervals as measured from the original assays. This provides another check on the
overall accuracy of the data base assays. Limitations are imposed by the fact that the sample
selected for metallurgical testing is not always representative of the grade of the bulk sample,
particularly when material is blended to obtain a desired head grade, and as a result it is
advisable to evaluate the comparisons on a global rather than a case-by-case basis.
IMC completed a random check of the drill hole database assays compared to the certificates of
assay provided by the labs. IMC concentrated on the Terrane drilling as the assay data were
entered into the database by Terrane. IMC checked about 20% of the drill holes and found no
data entry errors. IMC did a less rigorous check of the drill holes completed by Lincoln,
Continental Gold, and Placer Dome as this data had been reviewed and checked previously by
third party reviewers and recompiled by Maxwell Geoservices to create the database used by
Terrane. Of the holes checked by IMC, no data entry discrepancies were found.

Page 12-5
12.6.2 IMC Database Review

The 956 drill holes are located in an area measuring about 2 km x 1.5 km, yielding an average
drill hole spacing of about 56 m. This spacing is significantly less than the variogram ranges
measured by IMC and it should therefore be adequate to define grade distribution in the deposit.
The external check assays run at Mount Milligan Mine are insufficient to allow for a complete
verification of the historic data base assays. The main deficiencies are:
There are too few checks to perform fully diagnostic comparisons on the Min-En copper
assays, which make up over 70% of all the copper assays in the database.
Most of the copper checks that do exist were run on primary lab pulps, so they do not act
as a check on the primary lab's sample preparation procedures.
There are no external-lab check assays for Acme and Eco-Tech.
Some of the lab-lab differences exceed the 5% threshold that IMC normally considers
desirable for check assay comparisons.
On the other hand, the check assay data that are available also show no compelling evidence to
suggest that any of the assay data sets are significantly biased. The only instance where a
potentially significant high-bias can be demonstrated is in the case of the recent ALS Chemex
data base copper assays, which are about 5% high relative to the Acme checks, but this bias is
probably caused by a low bias affecting Acme. There is no good evidence to suggest that either
the Placer or the Min-En copper and gold assays, which collectively make up over 85% of all the
assays in the database, are significantly biased in either sense.
The nearest-neighbour composite comparisons provide further evidence to suggest that the
database assays are free of bias. With the possible exception of historic gold assaying at Acme,
the copper and gold assays run by the five original labs match acceptably and in some cases
very acceptably when the data sets are paired globally. The met test comparisons also show a
close overall relationship between assay grades and metallurgical test grades for bulk samples
from drill holes assayed by different labs.
12.7
TCM Review Of Drill Database
The purpose of re-modeling the Mount Milligan Mine deposit in 2014 was to incorporate all of
the available data (re-interpreted, corrected, and new) since the 2009 Mineral Resource estimate.
47 new drill holes, drilled between 2010 and 2013, were added to the database. Of these, 27 were
drilled to better define and extend the Mineral Resource, and 20 were drilled to better define the
overburden thickness in areas.
When Terrane took possession of the claims, no drill core drilled prior to 2006 was accessible or
available. The validation done on this core in 2014 by TCM personnel was based on electronic
PDF records of these old logs. From these scans, it was possible to correct and validate some
older logs present in the database. Prior to re-estimating the resources, TCM was able to validate
additional assay results and specific gravities from the old scans, as well as from some partial
databases that were found, having been created during the earlier exploration campaigns that
occurred on the Property.
Page 12-6
The coordinates of the diamond drill hole collars were also checked and validated according to
the 2008 Lidar aerial survey. No strong discrepancies were discovered, however no documents
except the digital files were found.
In summary, some of the corrections made to the data prior to re-modeling the deposit include:
A number of drill holes in the database were found to have missing sample intervals
and/or assay results. Intervals and assay results were either corrected or added for 112
drill holes.
As many as 1504 specific gravity results were missing in the database. Every sample with
a specific gravity above 3 was validated, and obvious erroneous SG results were
discarded. The average specific gravities used in the 2014 model, from these corrections
compares favourably with the ones used in the 2009 Report as shown in Table 12.2.
Rock type descriptions of holes 89-01 to 89-142 were updated from re-interpretation of
the drill logs by TCM geologists, due to insights gained from mining activities.
Table 12.2
Material
Measured
Indicated
Inferred
Grand Total
Specific Gravity model comparison

2009 Model
2.78
2.80
2.82
2.79
2014 Model
2.79
2.80
2.85
2.80
TCM considers the final 2014 database to be robust and verified.

Page 12-7
13.0
MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING
13.1
Introduction
Mount Milligan is a porphyry copper-gold deposit, consisting of two principal zones, the Main
Zone and the Southern Star Zone. The Main Zone includes four contiguous sub-zones: the MBX,
the WBX and its down-faulted extension the DWBX, and the 66 (low-copper and high-gold,
southeast of the MBX Sub-zone). These geologic zones established the basis for the
metallurgical test work.
As of December 2014, the combined mineable ore reserve from the two major ore zones was
estimated at 542 Mt averaging 0.20% Cu and 0.35 g/t Au. Additional information regarding
Mineral Reserves is included in Section 15.0.
The Mount Milligan Mine deposit is being mined using conventional open-pit equipment, with
the ore being processed through a conventional flotation plant, producing a marketable
concentrate containing copper, gold, and silver.
13.2
Summary
Metallurgical investigations conducted by various research laboratories conclusively showed that

froth flotation is the optimum process for the recovery of copper, gold, and silver. The life-ofmine (LOM) average recoveries are estimated at 84.9% for copper and 72.5% for gold.
Concentrate grade varied with head grade and ore type with a LOM average of 25.0% Cu. The
impurity element contents in the concentrate were below the penalty levels normally imposed by
most smelters; therefore, no penalties are expected.
The concentrator was designed to process 60,000 t/d and consisted of a primary crushing plant,
coarse ore stockpile, SAG/ball mill/crusher (SABC) grinding circuit, rougher flotation circuit,
regrind and cleaner flotation circuit, gravity separation circuit, and concentrate dewatering plant.
The process is based on proven, commercial mineral processing technology. After one year of
operating the plant, there is no confidence that the constructed milling facility would achieve the
designed 60,000 t/d average throughput rate on a consistent basis. TCM has concluded that
secondary crushing of SAG mill feed will be required to fully optimize the installed equipment at
an ore processing rate of 62,500 t/d.
The ore is ground to 80% passing 220 m and processed in the flotation circuit to produce a
marketable-grade copper concentrate. A gravity circuit treats a portion of the rougher concentrate
regrind cyclone underflow to recover any coarse metallic gold that tends to circulate in the
regrind circuit and could be lost in the flotation cleaner circuit because of its very high specific
gravity. The gravity concentrate is combined with the final flotation concentrate and pressurefiltered to produce a final product containing approximately 9% moisture.
The LOM average annual production is estimated to be approximately 85 million lb. of copper,
186,700 ounces of gold and 393,000 ounces of silver in 155,000 t of concentrate. For the years
2015 through 2019, the average annual production is estimated to be higher at approximately 94
million lb. of copper, 285,800 ounces of gold and 383,000 ounces of silver in 165,000 t of
concentrate.
Page 13-1
13.3
Metallurgical Investigations
13.3.1 Summary
Five major test programs were undertaken between 1989 and 2007 to determine the optimum
process conditions and flowsheet for the recovery of the valuable metals from the deposit. In
addition, one pilot-plant grinding test and five flotation pilot-plant tests/operations were carried
out on ore samples from the major mineralization zones of the deposit.
The test programs conducted before 2007 investigated the effect of various process conditions on
metallurgical performance of the ores from various mineralization zones. The programs also
evaluated the following two flotation processes:
bulk flotation - bulk sulphide mineral flotation, followed by regrinding of bulk

concentrate and three stages of cleaning
differential flotation - copper mineral flotation followed by flotation of gold-bearing
pyrite, and cleaner flotation.
In the 2007 test program, open-circuit tests optimized process conditions for the various ore
zones. These tests were followed by locked cycle tests using the conditions established in the
open circuit tests. The 2007 test results confirmed the previous results with the locked cycle tests
generated consistently better concentrate grades compared to the historical test results and were
used to optimize the design flowsheet and define process conditions for the plant startup.
The main difference between the 2007 and the historical test programs was that the 2007
program used a vertical stirred mill with fine, ceramic grinding media to regrind the concentrate
products. This technology, which was not available in the 1990s, made it possible to grind
concentrates down to 10 to 15 m, without generating significant amounts of slimes. The use of
the ball mill with steel grinding media for regrinding in the 1990 test work produced fairly good
metal recoveries when the regrind size was in the 30-40 m range, although the concentrate
grades generally ranged between 18-22% copper only. Regrinding to a finer 15 m in the ball
mill produced concentrate grades in the 26-28% copper range, but metal recoveries decreased
significantly. The reduction was likely caused by the increased amount of slimes generated in
regrind.
In general, the metallurgical response of the Main Zone (MBX and WBX) samples was very
similar. Test results from the SS samples, however, showed that the ore zone behaved differently
from the MBX and the WBX Sub-zones. Copper recoveries from the SS samples were
consistently lower than those of the MBX and WBX samples. Compared to other zones, copper
recoveries from the 66 Sub-zone samples were lower due to the zones much lower copper tenor.
The concentration tests found that a gravity concentration process would recover some of
metallic gold present in the ore.
The metallurgical performance models that are used to predict metal recoveries and concentrate
grades in the LOM reserve calculations were developed based on the results of the locked cycle
tests conducted during the 2007 test program.

Page 13-2
Tests measuring the ore hardness or resistance of the ore to SAG and ball mill grinding found
that the deposit is more resistant to both SAG and ball mill grinding, compared to most of the
porphyry copper ores in British Columbia. These tests included one SAG/ball mill pilot-plant
scale grinding test, two JK SimMet grinding simulations and a number of bench scale SAG mill,
rod mill and ball mill work index determinations.
13.3.2 Metallurgical Test Program
Since 1988, several laboratories have conducted extensive metallurgical tests on samples from
the various ore zones of the Mount Milligan Mine deposit. The following laboratories undertook
the major test programs:
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd. (G&T)

Lakefield Research (Lakefield)
Placer Dome Research Centre (PDRC)
Knelson Research and Technology Centre (KRTC)
Hazen Research Inc. (Hazen)
Ortech International (Ortech)
Boliden-Allis Research Facility (Boliden-Allis)
A. R. MacPherson Consultants Ltd. (MacPherson)
Bacon Donaldson & Associates (Bacon)
Coasttech Research Inc. (Coasttech)
Dawson Metallurgical Laboratories (Dawson)
Queens University (Queen)
Cominco Laboratory (Cominco)
A review of the metallurgical tests conducted prior to 2007 showed that the process conditions
for optimum metallurgy were not clearly or conclusively established. For this reason, a more
comprehensive testing program was initiated in 2007. Table 13.1 contains a summary of the
emphasis of the various historic programs conducted on Mount Milligan ore samples.
The 2007 program was divided into four stages:
process optimization and flowsheet development

bench scale locked cycle tests using the optimum process conditions
variability tests, including locked cycle tests on the variability sample composites
pilot-plant operations
The program also included mineralogical studies, gravity recoverable gold (GRG) tests,
concentrate thickening and filtering tests, and standard Bond work index measurements. The
main objective of the flotation pilot-plant operations was to produce sufficient amounts of
flotation concentrates for smelters and samples for environmental tests.

Page 13-3
Table 13.1
Major test work programs by era of study for the Project.
Test Work
Mineralogy
Flotation
Metallurgical Optimization
Locked Cycle
Variability
Pilot Test/Operation
1989/1990
1990/1992
1996/2000
2005
2007
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Other Parameter Determinations

Gravity
Cyanidation
Grinding
Filtration
Thickening
Cu Recovery by Hydrometallurgy
X
X
X
X
The hydrometallurgical process for the recovery of copper and gold was attempted but was
proven to be uneconomic using the current technology. Magnetic separation tests were also
performed to recover magnetite concentrate (as a by-product) from the MBX. Both processes
were not pursued, and subsequent test programs focused on flotation and gravity separation.
13.3.3 Samples
2007 Testing Samples
In September 2006, an extensive drilling program was undertaken by Terrane in order to acquire
sufficient representative samples for metallurgical test work to support the Feasibility Study
conducted in 2008. The drilling operation recovered 7,690 m of drill cores from 32 diamond drill
holes. Figure 13.1 shows the metallurgical drill hole locations for the Main Zone and its
associated sub-zones, as well as the SS Zone.

Page 13-4
Main Zone MBX
Main Zone 66
Figure 13.1
Main Zone WBX
SS Zone
Drill Hole Location of 2007 Metallurgical Samples
Source: 2009 Report, verified TCM, 2015. Gridlines are 500m.

Page 13-5
The 2007 test program employed the following individual composite samples:
MBX Sub-zone: Master Composite, High and Low Cu Composites, and Pilot-Plant Test
Composite
WBX Sub-zone: Master Composite, High and Low Cu Composites
SS Zone: Master Composite, High and Low Cu Composites, and High Au Composite
66 Sub-zone: High Cu Composite, Low Cu Composites, Low Cu High Au Composite,
Low Cu Low Au Composite and Blended Composite
Blended Composites include:
MBX+WBX Composite (MBX Master 70% + WBX Master 30%)
MBX+SS Composite (MBX Master 40% + SS Master 60%)
Year 1-5 Composite (MBX Master 55% + WBX Master 20% + 66High Cu10% +
66Low Cu 15%)
Variability Test Samples:
Individual Variability Test Samples generated from various drill core intervals
including MBX, WBX, 66 and SS
MBX Variability Composite generated from MBX individual variability test samples
SS Variability Composite generated from SS individual variability test samples.
The master composites are considered representative of the two major ore zones and their
respective sub-zones. The high and low copper composite samples were used to explore the
effect of feed grade on metallurgical performance, while the blended composite samples were
used to simulate the potential effect of blending ores from the various zones on metallurgical
performance.
Historical Test Samples
Samples for the test programs conducted prior to 2000 were obtained from the drilling programs
undertaken between 1988 and 1992. The programs recovered drill cores from all the four major
mineralization zones. The majority of the tests were performed on samples obtained during the
two major drilling programs in 1989 and 1990. Tests on the samples obtained from the SS Zone
were conducted by PDRC in 1991.
The 2004 drill program produced fresh core samples from 14 drill holes for additional
metallurgical test work. The samples were grouped into three composites representing the
principal mineralization zones, one each for the MBX, SS, and 66 Zones.
13.3.4 Mineralogy
Mineralogical studies, including particle size liberation by modal studies and gold occurrence by
automated digital imaging system (ADIS) methods, were conducted on different samples during
various metallurgical test stages.
These studies showed that chalcopyrite and pyrite were the dominant sulphide minerals in all ore
zones. The minor copper minerals including bornite, chalcocite, digenite, covellite, cuprite, and

Page 13-6
native copper were identified. The 2005 study showed that bornite and chalcocite only accounted
for approximately 1% of the copper in the hypogene composites.
The 2007 mineralogical studies on the MBX and WBX Sub-zones and SS Zone composites
indicated an average sulphide mineral content of approximately 6%. Generally the pyrite content
in these composite samples ranged from 4.6 to 5.5%, while the chalcopyrite content varied
between 0.6% and 0.8%. However, further investigation into the variability test samples
indicated that the pyrite content varied more substantially, between 0.06% and 33%. The
investigation also revealed that 66 zone samples contained much higher pyrite to chalcopyrite
ratios than the other ore zones samples.
The 2007 modal studies of the bulk rougher flotation concentrates from the major ore zones
showed that over 55% of the chalcopyrite minerals are liberated at grind sizes of approximately
80% passing 165 to 181 m. However, a significant amount of the chalcopyrite is intimately
associated with the pyrite; its sizes were between 10 and 50 m.
Mineralogical studies, including ADIS investigation, showed that a significant amount of gold
was present as free metallic gold particles. Most of the metallic gold occurred in the grain size
range of 5 to 13 m. The largest gold particle sizes observed were 47 m in the MBX and 66
Sub-zone samples, and 92 m in the SS sample.
Generally, between 40 and 70% of the gold found in the bulk rougher flotation concentrates is
either in the form of liberated metallic gold flakes, or associated with chalcopyrite. The studies
also indicated that approximately 5 to 20% of the gold was associated with pyrite. Cyanidation
test work showed that approximately 70 to 75% of the gold reporting to pyrite concentrates was
cyanide soluble.
Grinding Evaluation
Between 1989 and 2007, various metallurgical testing facilities undertook test work to determine
the grinding characteristics of the ores from various mineralization zones. The test work included
bench scale standard Bond work and abrasion index determinations, JKTech pendulum tests for
the JKSimMet grinding circuit simulations and a SAG-ball mill pilot-plant scale grinding test.
The first bench-scale tests were conducted in 1990 on various samples prepared for bench-scale
flotation tests and pilot-plant tests. Table 13.2 summarizes the test results.

Page 13-7
Table 13.2
Grinding Test Results Summary 1990 Test Work

Standard Bond Work Index (kWh/t)
Sample
Abrasion
Index
(g)
SAG
Rod Mill
Hazen Lakefield
Hazen
Ball Mill
Boliden Lakefield
Hazen
Boliden
MBX-S
MBX-I
0.140
0.240
23.1
24.9
19.0
20.8
20.0
20.6
19.3
20.5
19.5
19.2
MBX-D
SIX-S
SIX-I
SIX-D
WBX-S
WBX-I
WBX-D
STR-S
0.198
0.202
0.270
0.361
0.251
0.224
0.270
0.225
22.8
21.6
24.3
22.9
24.3
22.5
23.5
21.6
20.6
21.0
19.7
19.9
24.0
22.2
-
20.5
20.7
21.1
19.5
19.6
20.3
20.4
19.4
22.0
19.4
21.8
20.4
21.2
20.2
20.3
22.1
-
19.4
19.1
20.4
19.5
18.7
20.4
19.4
19.0
19.0
Maxi-Q/1
Maxi-Q/2
Maxi-Q/3
Maxi-Q/4
0.248
0.329
0.281
0.311
22.9
21.2
24.3
18.7
21.4
-
19.5
20.3
20.4
19.4
19.9
-
19.2
19.3
19.7
18.1
The data showed that the samples were highly resistant to grinding. The Hazen tests showed that
the MacPherson SAG mill work indices varied from 18.7 to 24.9 kWh/t while the standard Bond
rod mill and ball mill work indices varied from 19.4 to 21.1 kWh/t and from 18.1 to 20.4 kWh/t,
respectively. The data reported by Lakefield on the flotation pilot-plant samples were very
similar to Hazens results. Abrasion indices ranged between 0.14 to 0.36 g, and averaged 0.254g.
MacPherson and PDRC conducted further bench-scale grinding tests on the 1991 samples. In the
MacPherson tests a 80% passing (P80) of 150 m (100 mesh) was maintained as the product size
of the standard Bond ball mill work index determination. In the PDRC tests a P80 of 110 m was
used for the standard Bond ball mill work index and P80 of 128 to 331 m for the comparative
work index. Table 13.3 summarizes the test results, which indicated that the SS Zone samples
appeared to be slightly less resistant to ball mill grinding compared to the other zone samples.
In 1995, MacPherson conducted further test work on two composites, at the time identified as
Sample 1 and Sample 2. The tests determined standard Bond rod and ball mill work indices, the
abrasion indices and the JKTech pendulum parameters. The test results are summarized in
Table 13.4.
Additional grinding tests to improve the work index database were part of the 2007 test program.
A total of 13 drill core interval samples from the four mineralization zones were tested for the
standard Bond ball mill work indices. As Table 13.5 shows, the ball mill work index varied
significantly between 14.7 and 25.3 kWh/t, and averaged 18 kWh/t.

Page 13-8
Table 13.3

Ball Mill Work Index (kWh/t)
Rock Type
MacPherson
Standard Bond
MBX/625/1100-1085
MBX/651/1040-1025
MBX/651/1025-1010
WBX/522/1055-1040
SIX/232/1055-1040
SIX/232/1040-1025
SIX/270/1070-1055
SIX/270/1055-1040
Monzonite
Latite
Monzonite
Monzonite
Trachyte
Trachyte
Latite
Monzonite
17.1
19.1
19.1
13.0
20.2
19.8
18.6
21.4
S.Star/386/1100-1070
S.Star/386/1070-1040
S.Star/586/1085-1055
S.Star/702/1085-1070
S.Star/702/1040-1025
S.Star/714/1137-1115
S.Star/745/1130-1115
Monzonite
Andesite
Andesite
Monzonite
Monzonite
Monzonite
Monzonite
16.6
19.0
18.3
16.4
19.4
17.7
15.2
Sample
Table 13.4
Standard Bond
12.4
14.9, 15.3
19.3, 19.1
PDRC
Comparative
14.7
22.2
21.4
9.9
19.4
17.6
15.5
21.1
12.8
17.6
21.2
14.8
24.3
15.9
12.6
Parameters
Bond Indices
Rod Mill Work Index, kWh/t
Ball Mill Work Index, kWh/t
Abrasion Index, g
JK Tech Pendulum Parameters
Parameter, a
Parameter, b
Parameter, ta
PDRC
Sample 1
Sample 2
19.4
21.1
at 14 mesh of grind
19.9
0.2377
19.9
0.3116
at 100 mesh of grind
41.01
0.59
0.34
54.70
0.39
0.26

Remarks
Page 13-9
Table 13.5
Standard Bond Ball Mill Work Index 2007 Samples
Sample
Mineralization
Zone
Work Index
(kWh/t)
C468564
C468956
C469399
C469578
C470053
WBX
MBX
MBX
MBX
MBX
17.5
18.5
15.8
21.2
15.3
C470432
C470837
C470858
C471053
C471831
C471944
E894932
E894977
SS
SS
SS
SS
MBX
66 Lo
66 Hi
66 Lo
16.1
15.8
18.8
17.2
25.3
14.7
17.6
16.7
The 2007 testing program also calculated comparative work indices on 61 individual test
samples. The average comparative work index was also 18 kWh/t.
In 1990, Ortech carried out a pilot-plant grinding test program consisting of three pilot-plant runs
on 16,545 kg of drill core samples. The grinding circuit consisted of a 1.7 m diameter x 0.6 m
SAG mill, a 0.9 m diameter x 1.8 m ball mill, and a 0.5 m pebble crusher. The pebble crusher
reduced the -82.5 +12.7 mm fraction generated from the SAG mill to 85 to 90% passing 12.7
mm. The fraction coarser than 6.73 mm or 4.76 mm (3 or 4 mesh) from the SAG mill and pebble
crusher discharge was circulated back to the SAG mill feed.
The second and third tests achieved steady-state operating conditions, generating a particle size
of 80% passing 146 and 131 m, respectively. The overall primary and secondary grinding
power requirements were 17.3 kWh/t and 17.8 kWh/t of the feed, respectively. The calculated
operating work indices were 22.0 kWh/t for the second test, and 21.4 kWh/t for the third test.
Table 13.6 summarizes the test results.

Page 13-10
Table 13.6
Grinding Test Result Summary 1990 Pilot-Plant Test Work

Test
Unit
kg
4,162
5,080
7,303
kg/h
895
833
883
kg
449
404
400
% mill volume
8.0
7.2
7.2
-8 +1.2 cm Pebble
% Feed
60.2
58.8
61.6
Discharge Pulp Density
% Solid
72.6
74.0
73.3
2,170
2,100
2,500
8.4
8.1
8.1
Sample
Feed
Weight
SAG Mill
Ball Load
Product
Power Draw
80% Passing
kW
Power Consumption
kWh/t
9.4
9.7
9.3
Operating Work Index

Ball Mill
Ball Load
kWh/t
54.6
55.4
59.2
kg
818
954
1179
Circulation Load
% Feed
130
104
92
Discharge Pulp Density
% Solid
72.0
72.6
73.0
80% Passing
138
146
131
Power Draw
Power Consumption
kW
kWh/t
5.7
6.4
6.3
7.6
7.5
8.5

Overall SAG and Ball Mill
Power Consumption
kWh/t
10.1
12.4
12.6
kWh/t
15.8
17.3
17.8
kWh/t
19.6
22.0
21.4
Product
Two JKSimMet simulations, one in 1995 and the other in 2007, were performed by Contract
Support Services Inc. using the data obtained from the 1995 JKTech pendulum tests. A grind
size of approximately 80% passing 220 m was used in the two simulations.
The 1995 grinding simulation used two 10.36 m diameter x 5.58 m (EGL) SAG mills and four
6.10 m diameter x 8.53 m ball mills, together with pebble crushers in a SABC configuration. The
simulation in 2007 used a simpler primary grinding circuit, consisting of a 12.20 m diameter x
6.71 m SAG mill, two 7.62 m diameter x 12.50 m ball mills and pebble crushers. The 2007
simulation indicated that a total SAG and ball mill power of approximately 43,110 kW for
Sample 1 and 45,040 kW for Sample 2 will be required for 60,000 t/d. The simulator also
indicated a power requirement of 1,300 kW for pebble crushers.
The split in energy requirement between the SAG mill and the ball mills for the two samples are
equivalent, as shown in Table 13.7.

Page 13-11
Table 13.7
Power Split for Grinding
Energy Requirement (kW)

Mill
SAG
Ball
Total
Sample 1
Sample 2
20,760
22,350
43,110
22,560
22,480
45,040
Flotation-Bench Scale Optimization Tests

Flowsheet Development
Various metallurgical test programs extensively evaluated two types of process flowsheets,
namely:
bulk flotation: bulk sulphide flotation followed by regrinding and cleaning of the bulk
concentrate
differential flotation: copper minerals flotation followed by regrinding and cleaning of
the copper rougher concentrates, and refloating copper rougher flotation tailing to
produce a gold bearing pyrite concentrate.
The 2007 test program used bulk flotation for evaluating the metallurgical performance of
various ore samples using the locked cycle technique.
Bulk Flotation
The bulk flotation technique consists mainly of floating all the sulphide minerals for eight
minutes at natural pH, regrinding the flotation concentrate, and cleaning it in three stages. Using
this technique, the tests results showed that the rougher recoveries for both the 1990 and the
2005-2007 test programs were comparable. Rougher recoveries for both copper were generally
over 90%, except for the low Cu 66 Sub-zone ore samples, where the copper rougher recoveries
were generally less than 80%.
For both the 1990 and 2005-2007 test programs, the bulk rougher concentrate produced were
difficult to upgrade at the historical regrind size of 80% passing 30 to 40 m. Concentrate grades
at this regrind size were generally less than 23% Cu (average 19%). It was only when the
concentrate was reground to the 15 to 20 m range higher grade (generally above 25% Cu)
concentrates were consistently produced. At this regrind size, the concentrate grades obtained in
the 1990 and 2007 test programs were comparable, but the metal recoveries in the 2007 test
program were higher than in the 1990 test program. The difference between the two test
programs was the use of a vertically stirred mill with ceramic grinding media for regrinding the
concentrates in the 2007 test program. This mill produced considerably less slimes than the ball
mill with steel grinding media used in the 1990 test program.

Page 13-12
The grade of the concentrates produced from the low Cu 66 Sub-zone samples at the concentrate
regrind size of 15 to 20 m ranged from 13 to 18% Cu. Overall gold recoveries were generally
less than 70%.
Differential Flotation
The differential or selective flotation technique consists of floating the sulphide copper minerals
at high pH for four minutes, followed by the flotation of the pyrite minerals from the rougher
tailing for another four minutes after the pyrite minerals have been reactivated. For this series of
tests, the two flotation products were treated separately; the rougher Cu concentrate was
reground and cleaned in three stages while the scavenger pyrite concentrates were cyanideleached.
Both test programs results showed that copper recoveries in the rougher circuit were generally
over 90%; however, gold recoveries were down to the 80% level, because between 7-24%
(average 15%) of the gold reported to the pyrite concentrates. Only about 2-12% (average 6%) of
the copper reported to the pyrite concentrate. Copper recoveries in these test programs were
comparable to the bulk flotation tests but the gold recoveries were lower.
With the exception of the low Cu 66 Sub-zone ore samples, both the 1990 and 2005 test
programs showed that the rougher copper concentrates were easily upgraded to the 24 to 29% Cu
ranges, even at the historical regrind size of 30-40 m. The concentrate produced from the 66
Sub-zone ore samples were generally less than 18% Cu.
Compared with bulk flotation, this technique produced significantly higher grade concentrates,
but copper recoveries were marginally lower while gold recoveries were significantly lower. To
optimize both concentrate grades and metal recoveries, it was decided to use the bulk flotation
technique with very fine concentrate regrind in the 2007 test program.
Flotation Process Optimization
The test programs prior to 2007 investigated the effect of process conditions, such as primary
grind size, regrind size, collector regime, pyrite and slime depressants and pulp pH (in both
roughing and cleaning flotation), on the metallurgical performance of samples from the various
ore zones. The 2007 test program further investigated these variables to optimize the flotation
process conditions.
In general, the test results of the 2007 test program showed that the effect of the process
parameters on the metallurgical performance of samples from various zones were very similar to
those of the historical test programs. The metal recoveries attained in the 2007 test programs
were comparable to the historical results, but with significantly higher grade concentrates.
The main difference between the 2007 and the historical test programs was that the 2007
program used a vertical stirred mill with fine, ceramic grinding media to regrind the concentrate
products. This technology, which was not available in the 1990s, made it possible to grind
concentrates down to 10 to 15 m, without generating significant amounts of slimes. The use of
the ball mill with steel grinding media for regrinding in the 1990 testwork produced fairly good
metal recoveries when the regrind size was in the 30 to 40 m range, although the concentrate
Page 13-13
grades generally ranged between 18-22% copper only. Regrinding to a finer 15 m in the ball
mill produced concentrate grades consistently in the 26-28% copper range, but metal recoveries
decreased significantly. The reductions may be caused by the increased amount of slimes
generated in regrind. Economic evaluation at that time did not favour producing the higher grade
concentrate product at the expense of recovery.
This section will focus on reviewing 2007 flotation test results. The 2007 optimization tests
focused on the MBX master composite. However, key parameters such as primary grind size
were also investigated on the other mineralization zone master composites. The results of the
2007 test program are discussed in the following sections.
Primary Grind
Primary grind size evaluation on the major ore zone samples showed that copper and gold
recoveries were not significantly affected at the primary grind sizes ranging from 80% passing
150 m to 80% passing 200 m at the rougher and scavenger flotation stages. Figure 13.2
graphically illustrates the effect of primary grind size on metallurgical performance as a function
of rougher circuit mass pull rates.
Previous primary grind evaluations undertaken by Lakefield in 1990, PDRC in 1991 and 1997,
and G&T in 2005 indicated a similar optimum grind size ranges as the 2007 evaluation.
Lakefield recommended 80% passing 150 m as the optimum primary grind size. In 1991 PDRC
recommended a primary grind size of 80% passing 190 m for the deposit. In 1997, based on
additional test results, PDRC recommended coarser primary grind sizes of 80% passing 192 m
to 205 m for the MBX, WBX and SS Zones and 80% passing 275 m for the 66 ore zone. The
G&T test results in 2005 indicated that the optimum primary grind was approximately 80%
passing 175 m.
Rougher/Scavenger Flotation pH
The pH optimization test results showed that adding lime to raise the pH in the rougher flotation
circuit from natural pH (8.5 to 9.0) to the pH level of up to 10.5 has no significant effect on the
metallurgical performance of all the ore zone samples. Accordingly, subsequent rougher and
scavenger flotation tests were ran at natural pH.
Concentrate Regrind Size
The 2007 test results on the MBX master composite indicated that the cleaner concentrate
grades, as well as the metal recoveries, improved proportionally with finer regrind sizes. The
results demonstrated that a regrind size finer than 80% passing 30 m is required to produce a
higher than 25% Cu concentrate. A finer regrind size is required to eliminate the impact of
middling recirculation in flotation.
Figure 13.3 illustrates clearly the relationship between the regrind size and the concentrate
grades and the metal recoveries for the MBX master composite.
The 2007 stage flotation tests (Test 09, 12 and 20) on the MBX Master composite showed that
the rougher concentrate with a copper grade of 3.9% to 4.6% was able to be upgraded to the 26%
Page 13-14
to 28% Cu ranges at a regrind size of approximately 80% passing 30 to 40 m. However, at the

same regrind size ranges, the rougher concentrates from the WBX sample (Tests 10 and 11)
could only be upgraded to approximately 23% Cu.
These test results clearly demonstrated that the optimum regrind requirement for rougher
concentrates from staged flotation is coarser than the regrind size requirement of the bulk
rougher/scavenger concentrates from bulk flotation.

Page 13-15
Figure 13.2
Effect of Primary Grind on Metallurgical Performance

Page 13-16
Figure 13.3
Effect of Regrind Size on Metallurgical Performance (MBX Only)
Cleaner Flotation pH
The optimum pH in cleaning was thoroughly investigated on the MBX master composite. Both
copper concentrate grade and copper recovery improved when the pH was increased from 9 to
11, but there was a slight loss in gold recovery with increasing pH. The optimum pH for cleaning
is at least 11. Figure 13.4 shows the effect of cleaner flotation pH on the metallurgical
performance of the MBX master composite.
Figure 13.4
Effect of Cleaner pH on Metallurgical Performance

Page 13-17
Flotation Reagent Regimes

Five different collectors, potassium amyl xanthate (PAX), A3418, A3477, A208, and A7249 that
are widely used in the flotation of porphyry copper ores, were tested to assess their effect on
metal recoveries and concentrate grade. Figure 13.5 shows that the two-collector regime
produced slightly better gold recovery, compared to using PAX alone. All the collector regimes
generated comparable copper metallurgical performance.
Further reagent evaluation between the PAX/A7249 and the PAX/A3477 combination using the
locked cycle technique generated comparable results.
Figure 13.5
Effect of Collector Regime on Metallurgical Performance MBX Master

Composite
Flotation-Bench Scale Locked Cycle Tests

Three locked cycle test programs were undertaken in 1990, 2005, and 2007 using different
flowsheets and process conditions. The locked cycle test program in 2007 was more
comprehensive than those of the previous years, with the main objective to determine the
metallurgical performance of the various ore zones at various feed grades, under the optimum
process conditions established during the open circuit tests.
In comparison to the historical test results, the metal recoveries in the 2007 test program were
similar but concentrate grades were higher.
2007 Locked Cycle Tests
During the 2007 test program, a total of 42 locked cycle tests were completed on 22 composites
from the various mineralization zones. Most of the tests were done in duplicate.
Page 13-18
To determine the effect of blending on metallurgical performance, composite samples were

generated by mixing samples from the various ore zones at ratios indicated by the mining
schedule. These composites were MBX + WBX, MBX + SS, and a blend representing the first
five years of process plant feed. In addition, two more composites from the variability test
samples were generated.
The locked cycle test results showed that the mineral samples responded well to a simple and
conventional flotation process. A relatively coarse primary grind followed by bulk sulphide
flotation, followed by fine regrinding on the bulk concentrate, and subsequent three stages of
cleaner flotation produced satisfactory results.
For these locked cycle tests, the primary grind size ranged from 80% passing 161 m to 211 m,
except for composites SS High Au (138 m) and MBX Low Cu (253 m). Rougher/scavenger
flotation was completed at natural pH levels, with PAX and A7249 as collectors. Test 148 used a
combination of PAX and A3477 (mainly dithiophosphates) as collectors in place of PAX and
A7249 (mainly dithiophosphates and monothiophosphates), to further assess the effect of
flotation collectors on metallurgical performance.
The bulk concentrates produced were reground to the 80% passing between 10 m and 21 m
ranges in a stirred mill and upgraded in three stages of cleaner flotation at a pH level of
approximately 11. The locked cycle test results from each composite, as reported by G&T, were
averaged and summarized in Table 13.8.
Table 13.8
Locked Cycle Test Results Bulk Flotation/2007 Test Work
In general, the metallurgical performance of the Main Zone MBX and WBX samples were
superior to the SS samples of comparable head grades. In contrast, the results from the 66 Subzone samples were inferior to the other samples, mainly due to a much lower copper content of
the samples. The results from the high Cu 66 Sub-zone samples, however, were comparable to
those of MBX and WBX samples of comparable head grades.

Page 13-19
On average, copper recoveries ranged between 83.8% and 92.1% for the MBX composite
samples containing between 0.15% and 0.29% Cu and increased with the increase in copper head
grades. The gold recoveries varied modestly between 71.1% and 80.7% for MBX samples
containing between 0.36 g/t Au and 0.75 g/t Au on average and increased with increasing gold
head grades.
The WBX composite samples, containing between 0.15% Cu and 0.28% Cu, and between 0.18
g/t Au and 0.38 g/t Au, showed slightly lower metal recoveries than the MBX samples. The
recoveries ranged from between 87.1% and 88.7% for copper, and between 71.7% and 75.8% for
gold.
For the SS composite samples, the metal recoveries ranged from 76.7% to 82.3% for copper and
67.9% to 76.7% for gold. The head samples contained between 0.14% and 0.29% Cu, and
between 0.24 g/t and 0.51 g/t Au. For the same head grades, copper recoveries for the SS
samples were significantly lower than the recoveries from the MBX and WBX samples
Although the copper contents of the 66 zone samples were very low between 0.03% and
0.14% Cu copper recoveries were relatively high, varying between 64.3% and 83.0%. Gold
recoveries ranged between 65.6% and 80.7% for the composites with head grades between 0.46
g/t Au and 2.31 g/t Au.
Generally, the copper concentrate grades obtained from the locked cycle tests ranged between
7.9% for the low Cu 66 sample and 30.9% for the high Cu MBX sample (MBX Pilot-Plant
Composite). Copper concentrate grades were generally higher than 23% Cu. The concentrate
grade increased with copper head grades.
Silver recoveries varied from 31% to 47% (averaging approximately 40%) for the MBX, WBX,
and SS samples, and from 18% to 28% for the 66 Sub-zone samples.
Historical Locked Cycle Tests
Based on the optimum flotation parameters established in 1990, Lakefield conducted two
separate bulk flotation locked cycle tests on various composites. The test programs were labelled
as Tests #3836 and #3801, respectively. For these tests, A355 and M200 were used as collectors,
CMC as a regulator, and Complex D as a pyrite depressant. Bulk flotation was conducted at
natural pH levels and at a primary grind size of approximately 55% passing 74 m for the #3836
test, and approximately 60% passing 74 m for the #3801 test. The resulting bulk concentrate
then passed through one regrinding stage and three cleaning stages. Test results are shown in
Table 13.9.

Page 13-20
Table 13.9
Locked Cycle Test Results Bulk Flotation/1990 Test Work

Calc. Head
Comp
Test No. Cu (%)
Test #3836 Series

MAIN 3836-30
MAIN 3836-35
MBX
3836-31
MBX
3836-34
STR
3836-32
66
3836-33
Test #3801 Series
MAIN 3801-89
MAIN 3801-90
MAIN 3801-97
MBX 3801-100
WBX 3801-101
Concentrate Grade
Au (g/t) Cu (%)
Recovery
Au (g/t) Cu (%)
Au (%)
Test Condition
0.24
0.24
0.31
0.63
0.64
0.51
26.4
22.0
27.3
59.7
51.0
41.5
81.4
88.2
83.6
71.1
77.0
77.0
With Complex D
With Complex D
With Complex D
0.29
0.27
0.06
0.52
0.96
1.12
26.5
27.2
12.7
42.3
92.6
198.2
87.7
86.4
87.1
79.3
81.9
72.8
With Complex D
With Complex D
With Complex D
0.24
0.24
0.25
0.32
0.27
0.67
0.67
0.61
0.54
0.37
23.3
22.8
21.6
17.3
17.5
56.6
52.4
44.3
25.7
19.0
86.8
85.3
87.2
87.4
81.7
75.6
74.0
74.5
77.6
65.5
No Complex D
With Complex D
No Complex D
No Complex D
No Complex D
Test #3836 generated relatively high concentrate grade and metal recoveries. The concentrate
grade from the test was higher compared to the test #3801. However, later tests by Lakefield and
PDRC indicated that Complex D did not benefit copper concentrate grade and had a detrimental
effect on metal recovery.
For Test #3801, the final concentrate grades were 22% to 23% Cu for the Main composite
(consisting of MBX, WBX and 66 at a ratio of 50:25:25), and 17% Cu for the MBX and WBX
composites. Recoveries for nearly all samples were also high, between 85% and 87% for copper,
and between 74% and 78% for gold. The WBX sample was the single exception, yielding a
copper recovery of only 81.7% and a gold recovery of 65.5%.
Lakefield also conducted locked cycle tests using a differential flotation process. Locked cycle
test results, as shown in Table 13.10, indicate that the process could generate over 25% Cu
concentrate grades. The tests were performed at a primary grind size of 91% passing 74 m, and
a regrind size of 97% passing 30 m with lime to depress pyrite, CMC to reject slime, and A317
and R208 to collect copper and gold minerals. The collector A350 was used to float pyrite at the
pyrite flotation stage, at a pH of 5.5.

Page 13-21
Table 13.10
Locked Cycle Test Results Differential Flotation/1990 Test Work

Grade
Recovery
Comp/Test No.
Product
Cu (%)
MAIN/3801-39
Cu Conc.
Cu 1st Cl. Tailing
26.8
0.074
61.0
0.22
87.3
5.7
72.4
6.1
Pyrite Conc.
Head
Cu Conc.
Cu 1st Cl. Tailing
Pyrite Conc.
Head
0.13
0.23
27.9
0.33
0.10
0.26
1.39
0.63
89.7
0.64
0.70
0.89
2.7
100
80.3
10.7
3.4
100
10.6
100
76.6
6.1
7.2
100
Cu Conc.
Cu 1st Cl. Tailing
19.7
0.035
284
0.38
83.0
9.6
68.8
6.0
Pyrite Conc.
Head
Cu Conc.
Cu 1st Cl. Tailing
Pyrite Conc.
Head
0.023
0.06
29.1
0.37
0.09
0.31
1.41
1.03
46.7
0.43
0.89
0.57
3.7
100
80.4
13.6
1.8
100
13.1
100
70.3
8.6
9.5
100
STR/3801-47
SIX/3801-48
MBX/3801-49
Au (g/t)
Cu (%)
Au (%)
In 2005, G&T performed locked cycle tests on the 2005 composite samples using a differential
flotation flowsheet along with the optimized conditions established in the open cycle tests. The
copper rougher concentrates were reground to 80% passing 21 to 52 m and upgraded in three
stages of cleaning. The pyrite concentrates produced after copper flotation did not undergo
further treatment.
The test program results, summarized in Table 13.11, showed that the higher-grade rougher
concentrate from the MBX and SS samples were readily upgraded to the 24 to 28% Cu ranges at
the 29 to 52 m regrind particle size. Metal recoveries ranged from 87 to 90% for copper and 76
to 78% for gold for the MBX samples. For the SS samples, metal recoveries were lower, ranging
from 81 to 86% for copper and 63 to 72% for gold.

Page 13-22
Table 13.11
Locked Cycle Test Results Differential Flotation/2005 Test Work
Comp/Test No.
MBX/1566-28
MBX/1566-31
Product
Cu Conc
Py. Conc
Head
Cu Conc
Py. Conc
Head
Grade
Recovery
Cu (%) Au (g/t) Cu (%) Au (%) Comments
24.0
34.4
90.2
75.8
Primary Grind: P80 177 m
0.20
1.12
4.2
13.5
Regrind: P80 52 m
0.33
0.56
100
100
27.1
38.4
86.9
77.7
0.29
0.93
8.2
16.4
Regrind: P80 32 m
0.33
0.53
100
100
MBX/1566-34
Cu Conc
Py. Conc
Head
24.0
0.22
0.29
40.4
0.95
0.56
88.2
6.8
100
76.9
15.1
100

Regrind: P80 31 m
SS/1566-29
Cu Conc
Py. Conc
24.0
0.41
48.7
2.15
81.2
11.9
62.7
24.1
Head
0.28
0.72
100
100
Cu Conc
Py. Conc
25.1
0.25
51.7
1.67
86.5
6.6
70.5
17.7
Head
0.28
0.70
100
100
Cu Conc
27.8
59.0
85.1
71.7
Py. Conc
0.29
1.68
8.0
18.8
Regrind: P80 29 m
Head
Cu Conc
0.29
22.0
0.72
334
100
27.2
100
27.1
Py. Conc
0.17
2.8
45.0
49.5
Regrind: P80 27 m
Head
Cu Conc
0.04
17.4
0.61
394
100
64.5
100
68.6
Py. Conc
0.11
2.2
22.0
20.3
Regrind: P80 25 m
Head
0.05
1.13
100
100
Cu Conc
18.4
363
66.5
62.8
Py. Conc
Head
0.11
0.05
2.2
1.03
22.6
100
22.8
100
Regrind: P80 21m
SS/1566-32
SS/1566-35
66/1566-30
66/1566-33
66/1566-36
Regrind: P80 37 m
Regrind: P80 29 m
An additional 14% to 24% of the gold in the composites were concentrated into a pyrite product
containing approximately 1 to 2 g/t Au and 0.2% to 0.4% Cu.
The 2005 test program also showed that the copper concentrates from the 66 composites could
be upgraded to 17% to 18% Cu from a feed grade of 0.05% Cu. Both the copper and gold
recoveries were approximately 65%. Further upgrading of the copper concentrate to
approximately 22% Cu resulted in a dramatic reduction in copper recovery to 27%. The pyrite
concentrate recovered approximately 21% of the gold with a gold grade of 2.2 g/t Au.

Page 13-23
Flotation Pilot-Plant Tests/Operations

Five pilot-plant scale test/operations were conducted using different test conditions and
flowsheets at various points during the major test work programs.
In 2007, G&T conducted a pilot-plant operation on the MBX samples. The main objective of the
operation was to produce sufficient amounts of concentrates for the smelting, thickening, and
filtering tests, as well as samples for the environmental test program. Table 13.12 summarizes
the sample survey data from two test runs. The results revealed that, except for one sampling
period (8:30 to 11:30 am of Test 7-P), the concentrate grades were over 25% Cu. Metal
recoveries were generally lower than the locked cycle test results, which is often the case for
pilot plant tests since it is difficult to reach equilibrium state at this scale.
Table 13.12
2007 Pilot-Plant Operation Results
Sample
Survey
KM2008-6 PP
8:30-11:30
11:30-13:30
13:30-15:30
KM2008-7 PP
8:30-11:30
11:30-13:30
13:30-15:30
Calc. Head
Comp Cu (%)
Concentrate
Grade
Au (g/t) Cu (%) Au (g/t)
Recovery
Grind Size
(P80, m)
Cu (%) Au (%) Primary
Regrind
MBX
MBX
MBX
0.34
0.22
0.30
0.41
0.30
0.40
25.2
26.0
26.3
27.5
27.6
32.5
78.0
75.8
81.5
69.7
59.0
76.3
179
196
165
17
19
15
MBX
MBX
MBX
0.27
0.29
0.35
0.46
0.43
0.46
23.9
25.8
27.4
39.5
30.9
30.3
77.9
82.4
82.0
75.2
66.0
69.1
172
153
175
12
18
15
The other four pilot-plant tests or operations were conducted in 1990, 1991, 1997 and 2005. The
historical pilot-plant tests are summarized below:
1990 Lakefield completed 22 test runs on nine composites. In general, the results
indicated good copper and gold recoveries, but the concentrate grades were generally
below 18% Cu. Test PP-21 on Composite Main II yielded the best result for copper with
a concentrate grade of 29.8% Cu and a copper recovery of 86.7%. However, gold
recovery was only 64.7%.
1991 PDRC conducted 17 pilot-plant tests on the SS and Maxi-Q composites. Two
typical test results showed that metal recoveries were 86% for copper and 73.3% for gold
for the Maxi-Q sample, and 84.1% for copper and 72.0% for gold for the SS sample.
Copper concentrate grades from both samples were only in the 17% Cu range.
1997 PDRC conducted four pilot-plant operations to produce concentrates for
hydrometallurgical testing. The metal recoveries obtained were low, possibly because the
samples had aged during their 6-year storage period.
2005 G&T performed differential flotation pilot-plant tests and bulk flotation pilotplant operations. The program included a total of 15 runs. The test results indicated that

Page 13-24
both concentrate grades and metal recoveries were much lower in these tests than in the
bench locked cycle tests.
Flotation Variability Testing
Three major variability tests one in 1990 and the others in 1991 and in 2007 were
conducted on samples from the major mineralization zones.
The 2007 variability tests were conducted on individual drill interval samples from all of the four
major mineralization zones. The tests focused on studying the effect of mineralization zone, feed
grade, rock type, acid soluble copper and spatial location on metallurgical responses to the
optimized conditions developed from the composite samples.
The test results, including rougher flotation recoveries, third cleaner flotation recoveries and
third cleaner concentrate grades, are summarized in Figure 13.6 for copper and Figure 13.7 for
gold, based on the mineralization zone.
The 2007 variability test results indicated the following:
In general, the metallurgical performances of some individual samples were inferior to

those of the composite samples of comparable head grades in the same open circuit tests.
There was a significant variation in metallurgical performance across the deposit. The
fluctuation may be a result of differences in mineralogy in particular the samples from the
SS Zone, and or head grade difference between mineralization zones.
The variation in metallurgical performance did not relate closely with spatial location and
rock type.
In the tested range, the acid-soluble copper content did not significantly affect
metallurgical performance. However, test results obtained in 1991 by PDRC indicated
that copper recoveries were substantially lower for the samples that were highly oxidized.
In order to confirm the average metallurgical performance of the variability samples, two
duplicate locked cycle tests were performed on both the MBX and SS composites. The MBX
composite was blended from 24 of 26 MBX individual variability test samples while the SS
composite was blended from 9 of 15 individual SS samples. The composite preparation is
detailed in reports Mt. Milligan Variability Program (Terrane, 2007) and Locked Cycle Testing
Variability Composites (G&T, 2007).

Page 13-25
Figure 13.6
Variability Test Results Copper Metallurgical Performance
The locked cycle test results shown in Table 13.13 were comparable to and consistent with the
results obtained from early 2007 locked cycle tests on samples of comparable head grades.
Table 13.13
Locked Cycle Test Results Variability Test Sample Composites

Calc. Head
Cu
Test ID
Comp
2145-01
2145-02
2145-03
2145-04
Au
(g/t)
Concentrate
Grade
Cu
Au
(g/t)
Recovery
Cu
Grind Size
(P80, m)
Au
MBX Variability Comp 1

MBX Variability Comp 1
(%)
0.21 0.36
0.21 0.36
(%)
27.1
29.2
(%) (%)
39.4 85.8 71.7
42.6 84.8 70.4
SS Variability Comp 1
SS Variability Comp 1
0.20 0.37
0.21 0.41
25.8
26.1
38.6 80.0 65.4

44.1 80.6 70.4
Primary
Regrind
161
161
17
13
140
140
13
19
Results from the 1991 variability tests indicated that over 85% of the copper would be recovered
into rougher/scavenger concentrates from most of the samples containing higher than 0.2% Cu.
However, samples that were highly oxidized generated very poor copper results, indicating
substantial influence of oxidation on copper metallurgical performance. On average, the test
results on the oxidized samples indicated better gold recovery compared to copper.

Page 13-26
Figure 13.7
Variability Results Gold Metallurgical Performance
The 1990 variability tests showed that metallurgical performance varied with samples and
mineralization zones. However, on average the variability samples responded similarly to the
composite samples.
The multi-element assay on concentrates obtained in the historical test programs showed
approximately the same level of impurities as the 2007 concentrates.
Gold Recovery By Gravity Separation
In 2007, KRTC conducted a gravity separation test, using the GRG procedure. The tests
employed five stages of grinding to progressively reduce feed particle sizes from P80 of 725 m
to P80 of 25 m.
The sample used was a composite representing the first five years of feed to the concentrator. It
was composed of 55% MBX Master, 20% WBX Master, 10% 66 High Cu, and 15% 66 Low Cu
composites. It was concluded that an overall GRG value of 44.9% was achieved with an average
concentrate grade of 13.7 g/t Au. Modelling by KRTC to simulate the proposed gravity circuit in
the rougher concentrate regrind circuit indicated that about 8 to 10% of the gold in the feed will
report to a 4 to 7 t/d of centrifugal gravity concentrate. The gold content of this gravity
concentrate is too low for direct smelting into bullion bars.
Historical test work also indicated the presence of gravity-recoverable gold. In the 1990 test
work, the gravity concentrations of metallic gold were conducted on a pyrite rougher
concentrate, a copper rougher concentrate, and a final copper concentrate. A Mozley table was
Page 13-27
used for these tests. The test results, shown in Table 13.14, indicate that some of the gold present
was in the form of free metallic gold. Approximately 21% to 33% of the gold reported to the
gravity concentrates. However, the gravity concentrate grades were too low for direct smelting;
the highest grade gravity concentrate (1,443 g/t Au) was produced from the final copper
concentrate, implying that the gold in the concentrate is mostly present as very fine metallic
particles.
Table 13.14
Gold Recovery by Mozley Table 1990 Test Work
Sample
Product
Copper Rougher Concentrate
Weight (%)
Concentrate
Tailing
Pyrite Rougher Concentrate Concentrate
Tailing
7.2
92.8
1.8
98.2
Final Copper Concentrate
1.1
98.9
Concentrate
Tailing
Gold (Au, g/t)
Recovery (Au, %)
7.12
1.38
68.4
2.54
28.8
71.2
32.9
67.1
1,443.0
57.5
21.1
78.9
In 2005, further gravity concentration tests were performed at a grind size of 80% passing 120
m on the MBX, SS, and 66 composites. The gold was initially concentrated by a centrifugal
type concentrator, and then upgraded by panning. Test results indicate that gravity-recoverable
gold in the SS and 66 composites was much lower than in the MBX composite. Table 13.15
shows a summary of the results. Mineralogical examination confirmed the presence of free
metallic gold in the composites, and that most free gold grains were finer than 50 m.
Table 13.15
Gold Recovery by Centrifugal Concentrator 2005 Test Work
Sample
Product
MBX
Pan Concentrate
0.4
32.20
18.0
Centrifugal Concentrate
2.4
7.15
25.8
Feed
Pan Concentrate
Feed
Pan Concentrate
Feed
100.0
0.1
3.4
100.0
0.2
3.1
96.7
0.67
17.40
5.84
0.67
31.40
6.34
0.73
100.0
2.7
29.9
67.4
7.3
26.8
100.0
SS
66
Weight (%)

Grade (Au, g/t)
Recovery (%)
Page 13-28
Other Tests
Thickening
In 2007, Outotec carried out a thickening test on the pilot-plant flotation concentrate to
determine the unit area requirement of a high rate thickener. It was concluded that with the
addition of Magnafloc 10 or equivalent and at optimum dilution of the feed (11% solids), the
thickening rate attained was 1.10 t/h/m2 of thickener area. Based on their experience, Outotec is
recommending a design rate of 0.25 t/h/m2.
In 1990, thickening tests completed on the copper concentrate and the final tailing generated
from 1990 pilot-plant tests indicated that, for both products, the required high rate thickener unit
area was approximately 0.22 t/h/m2. For the final tailing, flocculant was required to achieve an
underflow pulp solid density of 50%. For the copper concentrate, an underflow pulp solid density
of 60% could be achieved without adding any flocculant.
The 1990 tests on the products of the bench locked cycle tests on the MAIN composite showed
that the settling areas required were 1.54 t/h/m2 for the concentrate with 20 g/t Percol 351, and
0.18 to 0.12 t/h/m2 for the tailing with 40 g/t Percol 351, based upon the amount of lime added.
In 1991, PDRC conducted thickening tests on the concentrates generated from various pilot-plant
runs. The results showed that the thickener unit area required to achieve an underflow solid
density of 60% ranged from 0.57 to 0.42 t/h/m2 without the addition of flocculant and
approximately 0.83 t/h/m2 with 10 g/t of flocculant.
Filtration
The 2007 Larox test results showed that the filter rates can vary from 335 to almost 600 kg/h per
square metre of filtration area, depending on the moisture of the filter cakes desired. As
Table 13.16 shows, the 2007 result is slightly different from the test results performed by Larox
and Filtra in 1990. This may be a result of a difference in the samples used in the tests. IngersollRand produced a much lower filter rate, compared to the other pressure filter manufacturers.
Outokompu and EIMCO conducted vacuum filtration tests on concentrates generated from the
1990 pilot-plant tests. The tests failed to produce satisfactory cake moistures for bulk transport.

Page 13-29
Table 13.16
Filtration Test Summary Samples from Pilot Testing Program
Filtration Method
Feed Solid
Manufacturer
Pressure, 2007
Pressure, 1990
Vacuum, 1990
Larox
Filtra
Larox
Ingersoll-Rand
Outokompu
EIMCO
13.4
(%)
59.5 to 63.5
64.2
67.0
60.0
65.0
56.0
Final Cake
Moisture (%)
6.9 to12.7
8.4 to 9.0
6
7.4 to 10.0
15.3
15.3
16.0
Production Rate
(kg/m2/h)
335 to 598
645
600
137
210
265
332
Projected Metallurgical Performance
To predict the metallurgical performance of the concentrator when treating a combination of ores
from the various ore zones, the results from the 2007 locked cycle tests performed at the
optimum process conditions were used to create metallurgical performance models.
To accommodate the process parameters recommended in the 2009 Report specifically, a
mass recovery of 12% at the bulk rougher/scavenger flotation, and a regrind size of 80% passing
20 m the 2007 locked cycle test data were derated to reflect variations in these parameters in
the individual tests.
Using the adjusted data, the plots of head grades-concentrate grades and head grades-metal
recoveries were created for the major ore types. The regression equations that best describe these
relationships are discussed in the following sections.
13.4.1 Concentrate Grade Copper Head Grade Relationship
For all the ore zones, concentrate grades vary proportionally with copper head grades ranging
between 0.03% and 0.39% Cu. However, the concentrate grade-head grade relationship for the
material with a head grade higher than 0.14% Cu is slightly different from the lower grade
material. The two regression equations below give reasonable descriptions of the relationships:
head grade between 0.015 and 0.14% Cu:

Concentrate Grade (% Cu) = 9.543 x ln (Head Grade, % Cu) + 43.384
head grade between 0.14 and 0.39% Cu:
Concentrate Grade (% Cu) = 5.283 x ln (Head Grade, % Cu) + 34.968
(1)
(2)
In addition, concentrate grades were capped at 30% Cu for head grades higher than 0.39% Cu
feed and at 2% Cu for head grades lower than 0.015% Cu.

Page 13-30
13.4.2 Copper Recovery Copper Head Grade Relationship Main Zone (MBX,
WBX/DWBX, And 66 Sub-Zones)
Copper recoveries for the Main Zone also varied proportionally with copper head grades. For
material with a copper head grades between 0.05% and 0.363% Cu, the regression equation that
best describes the head grade-metal recovery relationship is as follows:
Copper Recovery (%) = 105 x (Head Grade, % Cu)0.1303
(3)
For the feed with grades below and above the range, copper recovery is fixed at 65% for a feed
lower than 0.05% Cu and 92% for a feed higher than 0.363% Cu.
SS Zone
The 2007 locked cycle test results showed a different metallurgical performance for the SS Zone
materials, compared to the other ore zone materials. In the tested feed grade range between
0.14% and 0.28% Cu, copper recoveries appeared to narrowly fluctuate between 74.7% and
80.9% (average 79.0%). According to the copper head and copper recovery pattern, the copper
recoveries for different head grade materials are projected as below:
head grade less than 0.10% Cu:

Copper Recovery (%) = 70%
(4)
head grade between 0.10% and 0.14% Cu:

(5)
head grade greater than 0.14% Cu:

(6)
13.4.3 Gold Head Grade Gold Recovery Relationship Main Zone (MBX, WBX/DWBX,
And 66 Sub-Zones)
Gold recoveries for the Main Zone also vary proportionally with gold head grades. However, the
gold recovery for the 66 low copper zone is projected to be lower, in comparison with the high
copper head material from the other sub-zones according to the test results from the various test
programs.
Therefore, the projected gold recovery vs. gold head grade for the MBX, WBX and 66 high
copper zones ore and the low copper zone ore are separately outlined below:
MBX, WBX/DWBX and 66 high copper zones For gold head grade greater than 0.15
g/t Au, the regression equation for the relationship is:
Gold Recovery (%) = 78.289 x (Head Grade, g/t Au)0.0434
(7)
Note: recovery is capped at 80%

Page 13-31
For the low gold head materials, gold recovery is assumed to fix at 65% for a gold head grade
between 0.10 and 0.15 g/t Au, and at 50% for a lower than 0.10 g/t Au head grade.
66 low copper zone For head grades greater than 0.20 g/t Au gold recovery is expected
to increase with gold head grade as described by Equation 8.
Gold Recovery (%) = 65.943 x (Head Grade, g/t Au)0.1303 + 2
(8)
Note: recovery is capped at 67%

For a gold head lower than 0.20 g/t Au ore, gold recovery is assumed to be 40% on average.
SS Zone
Unlike the other ore zones, the head grade of the SS Zone ores did not appear to significantly
affect gold recovery. The adjusted gold recoveries from the locked cycle tests vary narrowly
from 68.7% to 74.0% for the 0.24 to 0.51 g/t Au gold feeds.
Accordingly, gold recovery for the SS Zone ore with a feed grade of higher than 0.20 g/t Au is
projected to average 69.4%. A lower gold recovery is expected for the materials with a lower
than 0.2 g/t Au. A gold recovery of 65% is projected for head grades between 0.1 g/t and 0.2 g/t
Au feed and 50% for head grades less than 0.1 g/t Au.
13.4.4 Silver Recovery
The heads and the products from the locked cycle tests of the 2007 testing program were assayed
for silver, and silver metallurgical balances were created. The silver recoveries into the final
copper-gold concentrates for the tests are summarized in Table 13.17.
Silver recoveries vary from 31% to 48% for the MBX, WBX, and SS samples and from 18% to
28% for the 66 Sub-Zone samples. Silver recoveries obtained from the locked cycle tests
increase with silver head grade. However, the correlation between the head grades and the
recoveries is low.
Nonetheless, there is a good correlation between the Ag/Au ratio in the head and that in the final
concentrate, which can be used to reasonably project silver production.
According to the data provided in Table 13.17, the arithmetical average of the Ag/Au ratios in
the concentrates is as follows:
all tests: 1.94

master composites only: 2.03.
The data in Table 13.17 also indicates that the Ag/Au ratios in the concentrates obtained from the
composites vary substantially from individual mineralization zone to zone. Table 13.18
summarizes the average Ag/Au ratios in the concentrates generated by zone from the 2007
master composites, and the estimated weight percent of the individual mineralization zones from
the current mine plan.

Page 13-32
It is recommended that the annual silver production be estimated by applying the above Ag/Au
ratios in concentrate by zone to the current mining schedule.
Table 13.17
Silver Recovery Locked Cycle Tests
Test
Head Assay
No.
Cu
Sample
Description
(%)
Concentrate Grade
Ag
(g/t)
Au Ag/Au Cu
(g/t) Ratio
(%)
Ag
(g/t)
Au Ag/Au
(g/t) Ratio
Metal Recoveries
Cu
Ag
Au
(%)
(%)
(%)
MBX Master
0.26
1.23
0.50
2.46 29.4
54.0
50.1
1.08
89.3
34.4
79.0
41
MBX Hi Cu/Hi Au
0.29
1.10
0.78
1.40 29.0
37.0
62.2
0.59
91.8
31.2
73.8
78
MBX Hi Cu/Hi Au
0.29
1.08
0.72
1.49 27.6
36.0
57.8
0.62
92.4
32.7
78.3
85
WBX Master
0.24
1.72
0.26
6.60 27.4
99.0
26.6
3.72
85.2
42.8
76.1
52
WBX Hi Cu
0.28
1.28
0.35
3.65 28.7
59.0
31.2
1.89
89.6
39.8
76.8
81
WBX Lo Cu
0.15
1.40
0.18
7.70 21.6
95.9
20.3
4.72
88.2
42.1
68.6
82
SS Master
0.24
1.84
0.36
5.13 29.3 112.5
40.8
2.76
82.7
40.8
75.8
51
SS Hi Cu
0.29
1.88
0.43
4.36 27.0
99.1
34.5
2.87
83.0
47.5
72.1
83
SS Hi Cu
0.29
1.99
0.44
4.47 27.8 100.0
35.4
2.82
83.4
44.4
70.4
91
SS Lo Cu
0.14
0.92
0.24
3.90 25.2
86.9
36.9
2.36
82.8
42.1
69.8
84
66 Hi Cu Master
0.13
1.60
0.49
3.25 23.3
60.5
80.3
0.75
83.6
18.2
78.5
64
66 Hi Cu
0.14
1.03
0.62
1.67 23.3
60.0
99.8
0.60
82.3
28.0
77.6
68
50% 66 Hi Cu
50% 66 Lo Cu
0.08
0.98
0.63
1.55 19.7
56.0 137.3
0.41
80.1
18.7
71.1
0.26
1.30
0.39
3.37 30.1
71.9
40.3
1.78
90.5
42.8
80.7
0.24
1.42
0.36
3.92 30.6
90.0
41.4
2.17
86.9
44.0
79.4
69
65
70% MBX
20% WBX
40% MBX 60% SS
Table 13.18
Average Ag to Au Ratios in Concentrates
Ore Zone
WBX
MBX
SS
66*
Weighted Average/Total
Ag/Au Ratio
in Concentrate
3.72
1.08
2.76
0.59
2.24
**LOM
Tonnage (%)
19
36
40
5
100.0
* average data from various composite samples.

** estimated weight percent.

Page 13-33
14.0
MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES
The 2014 Mineral Resource estimate was completed by TCM personnel using largely the same
parameters and methodology as was developed for the 2009 Mineral Resource estimate. The
primary changes to the two models include the addition of the 2010 and 2011 diamond drill hole
assays, along with the addition of missing historic assay data found during the 2014 internal
validation review. As well, updated oxidation and bedrock/till contacts were adjusted from 2013
overburden drilling and re-interpretation of old drill logs. As expected, the two models compared
closely, with tonnes and copper grade being within 1% of each other, and gold grade showing an
increase of 6%.
14.1
Resource Classification
The classification of the Mount Milligan Mineral Resource is consistent with the CIM Definition
Standards set forth in NI 43-101. This classification was based upon a review of data
distribution, data density, and the spatial continuity of both gold and copper. Plots of kriging
variance, average distance to composites, and the minimum and maximum number of composites
used were generated and reviewed. The following criteria were used in the classification of the
Mount Milligan Mineral Resource:
distance as defined by kriging pass, established from variography;

kriging variance;
number of drill holes used to make an estimate; and
number of samples used to make an estimate.
The classification of Mineral Resources for the MBX, WBX, SS, and DWBX Zones was based
upon copper estimates, as copper is the dominant metal by value. Mineral Resource classification
was based upon gold estimates due to the economic importance of gold in the 66 Zone. All
estimated blocks were estimated using composites from at least two drill holes. All blocks were
trimmed by a limiting shell (or cone) before reporting, as described in Section 14.11.
A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of solid material of economic interest in or
on the Earths crust in such form, grade or quality and quantity that there are reasonable
prospects for eventual economic extraction.
Measured Mineral Resource
Blocks classified as Measured Mineral Resource were estimated in the first kriging pass, and
thus lie within one-half of the variogram range. In addition, three or more holes were used to
make an estimate, and were estimated by a minimum of eight composites.
Indicated Mineral Resource
Blocks classified as Indicated Mineral Resource were estimated in the second kriging pass, and
thus lie within three-quarters of the variogram range. In addition, blocks classified as Indicated
Mineral Resources have a kriging variance of less than 0.66, used three or more holes to make an
estimate, and were estimated by a minimum of eight composites. Blocks estimated in the first

Page 14-1
pass at one-half of the variogram range, were estimated using two or more holes, and six or more
composites.
Inferred Mineral Resources
Inferred Mineral Resources blocks were classified from one full variogram search, and were
estimated by a minimum of five and maximum of 10 composites. All interpolated blocks not
classified as Measured Mineral Resources or Indicated Mineral Resources were classified as
Inferred Mineral Resources if they fell within the limiting pit shell.
14.2
Coordinate System
The geologic modelling and resource estimates were completed in UTM coordinates (Zone 10,
NAD83).
In the fall of 2008, McElhanney completed a LiDAR and photogrammetric survey over the
Project area and the powerline transmission route. From this survey, 1 m contour intervals were
generated in UTM NAD83 coordinates.
In order to accommodate the slight shift in the surveyed elevation, all drill hole collar elevations
have been registered to the LiDAR surface. The 2008 LiDAR survey was the basis for the 2009
Report and remains the basis for the 2014 Study.
14.3
Specific Gravity
14.3.1 Database
SG data were systematically collected across the Mount Milligan deposits, with a total of 13,802
determinations in the raw database. These measurements were routinely collected, with one
measurement approximately every 10 m downhole. The measurements relied upon Archimedes
Principle, which determines SG through water displacement methodology.
SG was calculated as follows:
The sample was weighed to determine the dry mass in air (MA).
The sample was suspended in water where the mass in water was measured (MW).
The bulk density was then calculated as: SG = MA / (MA MW).
The determinations were recorded on a template that captured hole name, depth, and MA.
The determinations were recorded on a template that captured hole name, depth, MA and MW.
This information was later transferred to spreadsheets, with SG calculated from primary
measurements. This method is considered appropriate for competent non-porous rocks, which
are typical of Mount Milligan.
The results of TCMs internal validation of SG data in 2014 compare favorably with previous
determinations, as discussed in Section 12.7.

Page 14-2
Historical SG Determinations
A small subset of core, covering a range of representative lithologies, was selected from the 2007
HQ diameter Terrane drill program. These samples were sent to ALS Chemex for external
verification of SG, using method OA-GRA-08 which is effectively a water-displacement method
similar to that employed at the Project. The results are summarized in Table 14.1.
Table 14.1
Specific Gravity Summary ALS Chemex Data
Lithology
SG
Monzonite
Hybrid Volcanics
Volcanics
2.70
2.77
2.86
A separate study completed by Melis Engineering Ltd. (Melis) in August 1990 provided five SG
measurements on ore composites derived from NQ drilling. The average SG of this data was
2.81, with individual results as displayed in Table 14.2.
Table 14.2
Composite
MBX
SIX
WBX
STR
OXD
Melis SG Measurements
Zone
MBX
66
WBX
SS
Oxide MBX
SG
2.81
2.87
2.81
2.85
2.73
14.3.2 Specific Gravity Of Overburden

In 2013, an internal study was completed to determine the specific gravity of overburden
materials. Results were determined from proctor compaction tests and truck weigh scales.
Averages for in-situ density values concluded glacial till at 2.50t/m3 and common glacial fluvial
overburden material at 2.37t/m3. Values were averaged and overburden was assigned a value of
2.40t/m3 in the model.
14.3.3 Data Analysis
An internal validation of SG data identified that 1504 specific gravity results were missing from
the data set. Missing data was added to the 2009 database; in addition, geologic logs and SG data
forms were examined for all SG determinations greater than 3.0 or less than 2.0 in order to
establish validity of measurements. A total of nine corrections were made to erroneous data, in
addition, data was removed from the database in cases where validity could not be established.
The validated database forms the basis for the interpolation of SG into the mine exploration
block model.

Page 14-3
14.3.4 Estimation Of Specific Gravity

In order to preserve density trends, blocks were assigned SG values through estimation by
inverse distance squared, with a soft boundary between lithologies. The search ellipse was set to
200 m x 200 m x 100 m with a minimum of one and maximum of 20 determinations, and a
maximum of eight per octant required to make an estimate. Overburden was assigned an SG of
2.4, the average estimated SG value for overburden material, as supported by a 2013 internal
truck weigh scale study. A bench plan of estimated SG is provided as Figure 14.1
Figure 14.1
1010 Bench - SG Estimates Showing SG Sample Dataset
14.4
Geology Model
14.4.1 Introduction
All geological modeling and grade estimations were completed using MineSight software.
Geological data were extracted from a MineSight Torque SQL database and loaded into
MineSight. All geological modeling work was completed by TCM personnel in support of the
2014 model. The addition of exploration drilling from 2010 and 2011, and overburden
classification drilling completed in 2013, provided additional information. Updates on the
overburden rock contact and geological models were reviewed and adjusted where necessary.
Page 14-4
14.4.2 Geological Interpretation

A complete review of assay material was conducted. Changes to the assay database include the
addition of the 2010 and 2011 assays, along with the addition of missing historic assay data,
found during the 2014 internal validation review. Geology, alteration and structural
interpretations remain similar to the 2009 model, apart from modifications to the new interpreted
bedrock surface. An updated oxidation domain was adjusted from 2013 overburden drilling and
re-interpretation of old drill logs.
14.4.3 Lithology And Structure
All lithologies and structures were transferred from the 2009 model into MineSight. The
lithology of the Project was simplified to three major units: volcanics, trachyte and monzonite.
These units were split into discrete shapes by major geologic structures. The 2009 geologic
solids were then extended and clipped to the new 2014 interpreted bedrock surface, via polyline
contours (Figure 14.2 and Figure 14.3). The 2009 lithology was initially modelled on 50 m north
facing sections which were revised to 25m sections and subsequently resolved in section and
plan using Vulcan. Major geologic structures were modeled in section, and revised in Vulcan
perpendicular to strike. All features were tied to individual drill holes where relevant. An
estimation envelope was used to limit extrapolation beyond the base of drilling. Wireframes of
lithology (Table 14.4) were used to code the model as in Table 14.3.
Figure 14.2
SS Cross Section 6108225N
Figure 14.3
Main Deposit Cross Section 6109350N

Page 14-5
Figure 14.4
Isometric View of Mount Milligan Lithology Model

Page 14-6
Table 14.3
Lithology Coding of Geology Model
Geology Code Description
1
Volcanics above Rainbow Dyke
Volcanics between Trachyte and Rainbow Dyke
Volcanics below Trachyte
Upper Trachyte
Rainbow Dyke/Sill
Lower Trachyte
MBX Monzonite Stock
Volcanics South of Rainbow Fault
66 Zone Monzionite Dyke, South of Rainbow

Fault
11
66 Zone Trachyte; South of Rainbow Fault
12
Volcanics West of Harris Fault
14
DWBX Monzonite Stock
15
SS Monsonite Stock
16
Monzionite Intrusions between SS and DWBX

Stocks
17
Goldmark and Monzonite Stock
18
Volcanis north of the Oliver Fault
20
Great Easter Fault
21
Volcanics East of Great Eastern Fault
24
Outside of estimation envelope
30
Overburden
50
Common Overburden Phase 2 and 3
51
Glacial Till Overburden Phase 2 and 3

Page 14-7
A series of post-mineral dyke swarms occur in both the Main and SS deposits. These dykes are
irregular, discontinuous, and vary from sub-meter to 15 m in width, making them difficult to
model properly in three dimensions and, as such, the dykes were not modelled. The dyke
intervals were included in the drill hole assay samples, thus their impact is included in the copper
and gold grades dataset for resource estimation.
14.4.4 Alteration
Alteration from the 2009 model was transferred from Vulcan to MineSight, with all domains
from the 2009 model duplicated for the 2014 model. An indicator block model was built for
potassic, propylitic, and pyrite (>5% logged) observations, coding alteration as either present (1)
or not present (0). This model was used in conjunction with drill hole data as a guide for
constructing more coherent alteration models. The interpretation of potassic alteration honoured
observations of both potassium feldspar and biotite. The modelled potassic and propylitic
intensity primarily defines a zone of moderate to intense alteration, but the boundary was relaxed
locally to include weak alteration so as to preserve a more coherent volume. The pyrite shell
outlines some of the more intense pyritic material distal to the SS and MBX monzonite
intrusives.
Alteration shapes were wireframed in Vulcan in cross-section and plan, transferred to MineSight
and subsequently used to code the geologic block model.
14.4.5 Domains
Major geologic domains were defined for grade estimation purposes, broken primarily by
structure (Table 14.4). All domains from the 2009 model were transferred to the 2014 model.
Table 14.4
Domain
Code
Geologic Domain Coding

Name
Description
1
2
North Volcanics
GoldMark
SS
North of the Oliver Fault

Goldmark Stock and Volcanics (Western Fringe)
West of the Harris Fault; south of roughly 6109100N (break
in intrusive package)
MBX Domain
East of Harris Fault, North of Rainbow Fault, where Au to Cu

<5:1; footwall of MBX stock
41
WBX Domain
East of Harris Fault, north of Rainbow, hanging wall to MBX stock
42
WBX West
West of Harris Fault, above propylitic alteration/low angle faulting
43
DWBX
61
66 North
Deep Western Breccia west of Harris, below WBX West (42)

East of Harris Fault, north of Rainbow Fault, where Au to Cu >5:1
as defined by modelling bench composites on 30 m plans
63
66 South
66 Zone, south of Rainbow Fault
East Volcanics
Great Eastern Fault, and younger volcanics to east of fault

Page 14-8
14.4.6 Oxidation
The oxidation state was coded from geologic logging, as oxide, transition, and sulphide. This
was primarily based upon the presence of oxide minerals (limonite, malachite, and azurite) and
sulphide minerals. Oxidation at Mount Milligan Mine is spatially limited, occurring primarily on
the northern edge of the MBX stock.
Reinterpretation of the oxide domain was completed for the 2014 model, using reinterpreted
historic geology logs and 2013 till overburden drilling. The new oxide domain, representing
weakly-to-moderately oxidized material, was modeled in MineSight on north facing 25 m spaced
cross section from polygons and coded to the block model between sections.
14.4.7 Overburden
An extensive layer of overburden covers the deposits and low-lying areas to the east and south of
the deposit. This overburden consists of till and fluvial material, and thicknesses are highly
variable, ranging from metres across parts of the deposit to 100 m thick to the north and east of
the MBX stock.
Overburden was typically triconed during exploration drilling, with descriptions collated from
the drillers logs. The overburden-bedrock contact was defined as the base of casing, and a points
file was generated in Vulcan to mark the top of bedrock for all drill holes. An overburden surface
was generated through triangulation of the top of bedrock points file.
In 2009, the points file was modified to account for the new LiDAR survey. The top of bedrock
was estimated in Vulcan using an isotropic search and inverse distance cubed methodology. This
provided a smoother representation of the bedrock surface, while closely honouring the original
drill hole data points.
A geotechnical site investigation program consisting of 17 HQ diameter drill holes was
completed by Knight Pisold (KP) in July of 2007. Six of these holes cored overburden within
the perimeter of the Main open pit, and each hole was completed in weathered bedrock. These
holes, which were cored, are considered more accurate than exploration drill holes in defining
the base of overburden.
The 2007 site investigation drill logs were obtained from KP. Drill holes KP07-10, KP07-11,
KP07-12, KP07-14, KP07-15, and KP07-16 were collared within the pit limits. The depth to
bedrock was compared to modelled depths (Table 14.5).

Page 14-9
Table 14.5
Geotechnical Drilling Depth to Bedrock

Depth to
Weathered
Bedrock
(m)
Model
Depth to
Bedrock
(m)
Easting
Northing
Elev.
Total
Depth
(m)
KP07-10 434533
KP07-11 434735
KP07-12 434792
6109475
6109695
6109426
1133
1115
1112
17.1
52.1
38.4
13.1
49.7
31.1
13.1
64.5
45.7
KP07-14 434764
KP07-15 434641
KP07-16 434754
6109294
6109478
6109630
1119
1123
1116
34.9
27.7
53.6
31.7
25
48.1
46.2
29.8
48.9
Hole ID
Difference Difference
(m)
(%)
-0.7
-5
-14.8
-23
-14.6
-32
-14.5
-4.8
-0.8
-31
-16
-2
Bedrock is described in the drill logs as moderately to highly weathered, incompetent monzonite
with clay infilling fractures to 1 cm. Many of these holes should have intersected variable
volcanics, but the degree of weathering would make identification of primary lithology difficult.
The highly weathered bedrock has likely been triconed by drill operators, as they would attempt
to set their casing in fresher rock. As such, it is probable that the lower overburden, as modelled,
is composed of oxidized, weathered bedrock. This material would be denser than the overburden.
Differences between actual and model depths are variable, but larger differences are observed in
the thicker sequences of overburden. A localized estimate for the volume of weathered material
is not possible, given the low density of overburden drilling. Nevertheless, the program suggests
that an average proportion of 18.2% of material originally classified as overburden may be
variably weathered rock.
In order to approximate this material, a new surface was built by reducing the thickness of
overburden by 18.2% on a cell size of 15 m x 15 m, and modelling the resultant points.
In 2013, an additional 13 diamond drill holes were completed, coring glacial till within Phase 2
and 3 pit outlines. These holes were drilled to better define the till vs. oxide and glacial fluvial
boundaries within the pit limits. Overburden types and oxide contacts were modeled to help
delineate material for construction of the tailing storage facility (TSF).
The weathered rock will be placed on the upstream side of the TSF embankment, or interior to
the TSF and the estimate of the amount of weathered rock has been used as part of the inputs to
the design of the TSF.
14.4.8 Block Modelling
A block model for the Mount Milligan Mine was established in MineSight (Table 14.6).

Page 14-10
Table 14.6
Block Model Parameters
Parameter
Minimum (UTM83)
433080
6107500
620
Maximum (UTM83)
435690
6110245
1445
Number of Blocks
174
183
55
Block Size (m)
15
15
15
The block size selected was 15 m x 15 m x 15 m as this reflected an appropriate Selective

Mining Unit (SMU) for the Mount Milligan Mine.
A bench plan of coloured and coded domains, and lithology is provided as Figure 14.5 and
Figure 14.6.
Figure 14.5
1010 Bench Lithology Code Distribution

Page 14-11
Figure 14.6
1010 Bench Domain Code Distribution
14.5
Exploration Data Analysis
14.5.1 Database
Data for the Mineral Resource estimate was sourced from the Torque SQL database, with a total
of 1016 drill holes extracted from the resource estimation database. A total of 823 of these holes
are located within the resource model limits and were utilized to estimate the 2014 Mineral
Resource.
Data density within the Main and SS deposits is very good, with most of the drilling conducted
on 50 m sections at a minimum, and key domains defined by a higher density of drilling.
Additional holes added since the 2009 Mineral Resource estimate are considered to have a low
impact on the overall drill density. Table 14.7 was generated from 2009 data.
Page 14-12
Table 14.7
Domain
1
2
3
4
5
41
42
43
61
63
Average
Average Spacing between Composites from Different Holes

Name
Min
(m)
Max
(m)
Mean
(m)
Median
(m)
North Volcanics
GoldMark
SS
MBX
East Volcanics
WBX
WBX_West
DWBX
6.4
3.0
1.0
1.1
6.7
1.7
1.5
1.8
138.6
204.0
153.6
117.9
102.6
146.0
135.3
117.7
74.7
70.7
38.9
24.8
50.7
24.7
36.3
40.8
73.8
63.3
37.2
21.3
51.2
21.7
30.9
40.0
66Z North
66Z South
0.0
1.0
1.1
120.4
109.6
134.3
27.7
34.2
33.2
25.1
30.6
30.2
14.5.2 Assays
The assay database was flagged by the geological block model, with geology, domain, oxide, and
alteration codes assigned to the dataset. A total of 88,474 copper assays and 88,450 gold assays
from 823 drill holes were flagged for use in the Mineral Resource estimate.
14.6
Cutting Statistics
Assay values were not cut or capped in the 2014 data set. Knowledge gained from recent mining
activities has shown that there are indeed some very high grade areas within the deposit. Recent
blast hole assays for gold within the South West of the Phase 2 MBX pit, returned assays greater
than 10g/t over 15 m intervals. This evidence of these isolated high grade zones, supported by
relatively closely spaced blast holes, are considered large and numerous enough to impact the
Mineral Resource.
14.7
Compositing
A review conducted in 2007 as part of the 2007 Mineral Resource estimate (IMC 2007),
confirmed mean grades were relatively insensitive to composite length. Sample data for the 2014
model were composited into 10 m downhole composites. The 10 m downhole composites were
selected as they are greater than half bench height (15 m) and they ensure the same level of
support for all data. Compositing commenced from the top of the bedrock marker and continued
across geologic boundaries.
14.8
Geology Boundary Analysis
Experience gained through recent blast hole sampling and mining activity has shown that grade
contacts are largely gradational between different lithologies and alteration types. For this reason
only soft boundaries were used in the 2014 model.

Page 14-13
Variograms for the 2014 model were reproduced from the 2009 model for the MBX and 66
Zones. Variogram parameters for estimation of the SS Zone were altered. North and south
boundary domains were combined into one domain, as the structures within the south half of the
SS Zone were inconclusive with dill hole data.
2009 variograms were defined from variographic studies conducted in Vulcan on composites
using groupings or domains as defined by the boundary analysis. Nuggets were derived from
downhole variograms, and 3-D variography was determined from variogram maps and sweeps in
the major and semi-major directions, combined with geological understanding of mineralization
controls. All variograms were modelled as double-structured spherical models, from
experimental correlograms. In this report, variograms refer to the modelled correlograms.
Both copper and gold mineralization exhibits strong local trends, which are a function of the
mineralizing system. In the SS deposit, mineralization is strongest along the footwall contact of
the Monzonite-Volcanic contact, with decreasing intensity away from the boundary. Continuity
is greatest in the plane of the contact.
Copper mineralization in the Main deposit is most pronounced along the MBX-Volcanic
boundary, forming a concentric pattern around the MBX stock. Copper grade diminishes away
from the stock towards the 66 Zone. Gold mineralization also forms a concentric pattern around
the MBX stock, but is more dispersed, exhibiting continuity in the north-south direction, parallel
to the stratigraphic strike of the footwall rocks. The variogram parameters for copper and gold
are displayed in Table 14.8 and Table 14.9.

Page 14-14
Table 14.8
Parameters for Variogram Models of Copper

2014 block model
Variogram
Domain
Blocks
Direction
(Z/Y/X)
Co
C2
Major
Range(M)
Semi-Major
Range (M)
Minor
Range (M)
SS
Domain 3
325/0/30
0.125
0.4
0.475
30/190
45/225
25/110
WBX West
Domain 42
30/0/30
0.1
0.3
0.6
48/185
75/240
50/100
DWBX
Domain 43
350/0/20
0.1
0.35
0.55
65/160
20/180
35/70
WBX
Domain 41
0/30/29
0.1
0.33
0.57
50/185
55/290
25/170
MBX Stock
Domain 4;
Geol 7
340/0/40
0.16
0.46
0.38
22/170
42/155
28/64
MBX Lower
Volcanics
Domain 4 or
61; Geol 3
345/0/40
0.1
0.32
0.58
56/370
40/305
15/290
MBX Upper
Volcanics
Domain 4 or
61; Geol 1
2,4,5,6
340/0/-35
0.12
0.3
0.58
20/310
25/450
25/240
66 Zone
Domain 63
70/0/-30
0.1
0.24
0.66
82/290
60/225
22/175
Goldmark
Domain 2
270/0/-90
0.18
0.15
0.67
34/195
55/125
10/60
North
Volcanics
Domain 1
280/0/-80
0.2
0.3
0.5
25/90
30/150
15/50
East
Volcanics
Domain 5
280/0/0
0.25
0.2
0.55
50/100
70/200
26/60
C1

Page 14-15
Table 14.9
Parameters for Variogram Models of Gold

2014 block model
Variogram
Domain
Blocks
Direction
(Z/Y/X)
Major
Range(M)
Semi-Major
Range (M)
Minor
Range (M)
SS
Domain 3
350/0/50
0.25
0.37
0.38
26/160
40/160
20/95
WBX West
Domain 42
20/0/40
0.33
0.5
0.17
20/85
22/70
18/70
DWBX Stock
Domain 43;
Geol 14
340/0/30
0.35
0.18
0.47
55/130
40/105
15/60
DWBX
Volcanics
Domain 43;
Geol 12,16
340/0/30
0.35
0.18
0.47
55/130
40/105
15/60
DWBX Stock
Domain 43;
Geol 12,14,16
340/0/30
0.35
0.18
0.47
55/130
40/105
15/60
WBX Stock
Domain 41;
Geol 7
10/10/0
0.35
0.2
0.45
10/105
25/145
60/130
WBX Volcanics
Domain 41;
Geol not 7
10/10/0
0.35
0.2
0.45
10/105
25/145
60/130
WBX
Domain 41
10/10/0
0.35
0.2
0.45
10/105
25/145
60/130
MBX Stock
Domain 4; Geol
7
350/0/30
0.22
0.42
0.36
40/100
20/65
10/50
MBX KF
Alteration
Domain 4 or 61;
Geol not 7;
Potassic = 1
0/0/-25
0.2
0.37
0.43
25/150
20/145
20/95
MBX No KF
AlterationUpper
Volcanics
Domain 4 or 61;
Geol not 7;
Potassic = 2
270/0/60
0.25
0.38
0.37
15/105
10/115
10/70
66 Zone
Domain 63
80/0/-50
0.25
0.2
0.55
55/130
10/80
45/95
Goldmark
Domain 2
300/0/30
0.3
0.2
0.5
23/100
10/100
15/75
North
Volcanics
Domain 1
30/0/60
0.2
0.25
0.55
40/100
14/100
10/50
East Volcanics
Domain 5
0/0/-45
0.1
0.3
0.6
25/100
30/140
15/75
Co
C1
C2

Page 14-16
14.9
Grade Estimation
The estimation of copper and gold was conducted in three passes using ordinary kriging
methodology.
14.9.1 Gold And Copper
In order to preserve trends, multiple kriging passes were used in the estimation of copper and
gold. The first pass established the search at half of variogram range, the second pass at threequarters variogram range, and the final pass at full variogram range. Search directions were
established as per variogram orientation. The estimation strategy is summarized in Table 14.10
and Table 14.11. For all blocks, a minimum of two drill holes was required to make an estimate,
with generally a minimum of five and a maximum of 10 composites.

Page 14-17
Table 14.10
Estimation Parameters for Copper

Search (m)
Domain
Blocks
SS
Domain 3
WBX
West
DWBX
WBX
Domain 42
Domain 43
Domain 41
Pass
Major
SemiMajor
Minor
Composites
1
2
95
142.5
112.5
168.75
55
82.5
Geol =
190
225
110
10
10
10
10
Domain = 4,
Geol = 7
10
Domain = 4
or 61;
10
Domain = 63
10
Geol = 12,17
10
Domain = 1
10
Domain = 5
10
12,15,16
92.5
120
50
138.75
180
75
185
240
100
80
90
35
Domain =
120
135
52.5
42,43,3
160
180
70
145
85
92.5
Max
per
Min # Max # Drill
Comps Comps Hole
Domain =
42,43,3,2
Domain = 41,
4
MBX
Stock
Domain 4;
Geol 7
85
77.5
32
127.5
116.25
48
170
155
64
MBX
Lower
Volcanics
Domain 4 or
61; Geol = 3
1
2
185
277.5
152.5
228.75
145
217.5
MBX
Upper
Volcanics
Domain 4 or
61; Geol =
1,2,4,5,6
155
225
120
66 Zone
Domain 63
1
2
145
217.5
112.5
168.75
87.5
131.25
290
225
175
Goldmark Domain 2
North
Volcanics
Domain 1
East
Domain 5
Volcanics
97.5
62.5
30
146.25
93.75
45
195
125
60
45
75
25
67.5
112.5
37.5
3
1
90
50
150
100
50
30
75
150
45
100
200
60

Geol = 3 or 7
Domain = 4
or 61; Geol =
1,2,4,5,6
Page 14-18
Table 14.11
Estimation Parameters for Gold

Search (m)
Domain
Blocks
SS
Domain 3
MBX KF
Alteration
MBX No
KF
Alteration
MBX
Stock
Pass
Major
Semi-Maj
Minor
1
2
80
120
80
120
47.5
71.25
160
160
71.25
Geol 7 and
Domain
=4,61 and
potassic = 1
Geol 7 and
Domain
=4,61 and
potassic = 0
75
72.5
47.5
112.5
108.75
150
71.25
95
105
Domain 4;
Geol 7
50
145
52.5
57.5
78.75
86.25
75
100
115
32.5
48.75
65
35
52.5
70
25
37.5
Domain
41; Geol
7
52.5
72.5
78.75
108.75
WBX
Volcanics
Domain
41; Geol
7
52.5
72.5
78.75
108.75
105
145
130
Domain = 63
65
40
47.5
97.5
60
71.25
3
1
130
42.5
80
35
95
35
WBX
West
Domain 42
DWBX
Stock
Domain
43; Geol
14
DWBX
Volcanics
Domain 43;
Geol 12,16
52.5
65
97.5
65
97.5
63.75
85
65
52.5
30
2
3
97.5
130
78.75
105
45
60
65
52.5
30
2
3
97.5
130
78.75
105
45
60
70
Domain = 3
10
Domain =
4,61; Geol =
1,2,3,4,5,6
10
Domain =
4,61 Geol =
1,2,3,4,5,6
10
Domain =
4,41,61
10
Domain =
41,4
10
Domain =
41,4
10
Domain = 63
10
Domain =
42,43,3
10
Domain =
42,43,3,2
10
Domain =
42,43,3,2
10
50
WBX
Stock
66 Zone
Max
per
Min # Max # Drill
Composites Comps Comps Hole
52.5
70
A typical bench plan of the copper and gold block estimate distribution is shown in Figure 14.7
and Figure 14.8.

Page 14-19
Figure 14.7
1010 Bench Copper Block Estimate Distribution

Page 14-20
Figure 14.8
1010 Bench Gold Block Estimate Distribution

Page 14-21
14.9.2 Silver
Silver is a minor metal found in the Mount Milligan Mine deposits. Polymetallic gold-silver
bearing sulphide-rich veins are present in volcanic rocks adjacent to the MBX and SS stocks.
Silver is also known to occur throughout the deposits in conjunction with copper and gold
mineralization, and metallurgical testing has shown that silver assays in concentrate are above
the payable limit of 30 g/t Ag.
Geochemical analysis of silver was routinely conducted in early drilling with 14,896 samples
analyzed from holes 88-61 to 89-212. Samples from later drilling were not analyzed for silver.
As part of the sampling protocol developed by Terrane for the 2006-2007 drill program, every
second sample was analyzed by a multi-element ICP package which included silver. In addition,
all samples from a small drill program completed by Placer Dome in 2004 were analyzed for
silver, bringing the total number of individual silver analyses to 21,219, or roughly one-quarter
of the total available for copper and gold. The majority of these samples are located within the
Main Zone, with fewer located in the SS Zone.
Silver content has not been considered in the updated 2014 Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve
estimate.
14.10 Economic Model Assumptions
Copper and gold are of economic importance to the Mount Milligan Mineral Resource and have
differing levels of economic contribution throughout the deposit. Long term projections of metal
prices, exchange rates, mining, milling, and concentrate shipment charges were based on annual
budgets produced at site. Wardrop (2009 Report) oversaw the metallurgical test work and
provided a final set of flotation recovery equations based on the results obtained from test work
conducted at G&T. Table 14.12 summarizes the input data pit for optimization and long term
mine planning.

Page 14-22
Table 14.12
Input Data
Copper Concentrate Head Grade

All Zones
Cu head 0.14%, y=5.2831Ln(x) + 34.968 x

= Cu head: >0.39% Cu, capped at 30% Cu
Cu head 0.015% and <0.14%, y = 9.543Ln(x) + 43.384
Cu head <0.015%, concentrate grade = 2%
Copper Recovery to Concentrate

MBX,WBX,66 Zone
Cu head 0.05%, y = 105(x)0.1303

x = Cu head: >0.363%, fixed at 92%
<0.05%, fixed at 65%
SS
Cu head 0.14%, fixed at 79.0%

Cu head 0.10% and <0.14% Cu, fixed at 75%
Cu head <0.10%, fixed at 70%
Gold Recovery to Concentrate

MBX, WBX
Au head 0.15g/t, y = 78.289(x)0.0434 x

= Au head; recovery capped at 80%
Au head 0.10 g/t and <0.15g/t, fixed at 65%
Au head <0.10 g/t, fixed at 50%
SS
Au head 0.20 g/t, fixed at 69.4%

Au head 0.10 g/t and <0.20g/t, fixed at 65%
Au head <0.10 g/t, fixed at 50%
66 Zone, Cu Head >= 0.10% Au head 0.15 g/t, y = 78.289(x)0.0434

x = Au head; recovery capped at 80%
Au head 0.10g/t and <0.15g/t, fixed at 65%
Au head <0.10g/t, fixed at 50%
66 Zone, Cu Head < 0.10%
Au head 0.20g/t, y = 65.943(x)0.1303 + 2 x

= Au head; recovery capped at 67%
Au head <0.20g/t, fixed at 40%
Smelter Terms
Smelting
US$85/dry metric tonne (dmt)
Refining
Copper: US$0.085/lb; Gold: US$5.50/troy ounce
Metal Payment: Copper
Deduct 1% unit, then pay 100% of content
Metal Payment: Gold
Pay 97.5% of content
Smelter Price Participation

Not Included
Concentrate Transport Charges
Truck Haulage
C$31.24/wet metric tonne (wmt)
Rail haulage
C$55.00/wmt
Port Charges
C$40.00/wmt
Ocean Freight
US$42.50/wmt
Moisture Content
8.5%

Page 14-23
Concentrate Losses
Insurance
1.00% of Net Invoice Value

0.03% of Provisional Invoice Value
Estimated Combined Concentrate and Smelting Charges (C$/lb payable Cu)

Conc & Smelting, C$/lb Cu
$0.397
Estimated Operating Charges
Mining C$/t ore
Mining C$/t waste
$1.61
$1.98
Incremental per bench C$/t/b
$0.030
Milling C$/t ore
$4.93
$2.00
Admin C$/t ore

Reserve Spot Metal Prices
Copper, US$/lb
(1)
Gold, US$/oz
Exchange Rate
$3.00
$1250.00
US$1.00 = C$1.10
Resource Spot Metal Prices

Copper, US$/lb
$3.50, with sensitivities from $2.50 to $4.00
Gold, US$/oz
Exchange Rate
$1500.00, with sensitivities from $1100.00 to $1700.00

US$1.00 = C$1.10
The Mount Milligan Mineral Resource is a portion of the deposit that is amenable to flotation
processing and mining by open pit methods. The Mount Milligan Mineral Resource estimate
presented in this Technical Report is tabulated within a conceptual open pit geometry based
operating costs which cover mining, process, G&A, plant services, and tailings management and
mill recovery curves at spot metal prices indicated.
The base mining costs used to define the Mineral Resource limits were based on LOM estimates
from the site 2015 budget and LOM plan. The mining costs used for the resource definition are
C$1.98/t for waste rock, and C$1.61/t for material to the primary crusher. An additional charge
of C$0.030/t per 15 m bench below the 1085 elevation was added to the base mining cost to
make allowance for the additional cost of haulage from deeper portions of the deposit. The
milling costs applied for resource definition are C$4.93/t of ore and all admin charges including
G&A, plant services, and tailings management received a C$2.00/t of ore charge.
Block Model Ore versus Waste Determination and Classification
A total of 10 ore and waste types, were coded to the block model with the field name OTYPE.
The determination was based on copper and gold metal content, ABA data, extent of oxidation,
and overburden classification specific to the deposit as shown in Table 14.13

Page 14-24
Table 14.13
Ore type classification by cut-off grade
OTYPE
Name
Classification
Description
ORE
ORE
Ore above the cut-off
PAG
WASTE
Potentially Acid Generating Waste
LNAG
WASTE
Low Potentially Acid Generating Waste
NAG
WASTE
Non Acid Generating Waste
OVERBURDEN
WASTE
Overburden not classified glacial till or

glaciofluvial material
OXIDE
WASTE
Oxide
WASTE
Glacial Till
WASTE
Glaciofluvial/Eskers/Sands
HGLC
ORE
High Gold Content, Low Copper Content Ore

"Blend Material"
10
OXIDE ORE
ORE
Oxide material above the cut-off threshold
Mill recovery determinations may be made for a particular rock type or zone, but all the input
data in Table 14.12 is factored into final determination. The simplified ore versus waste cutoff
grade, which is shown as a copper equivalent (CuEq) in this Technical Report, is calcuated as
follows and shown graphically in Figure 14.9:
Cu (%) + Au (g/t) x 0.352 = % CuEq
If the result is greater than or equal to 0.176 % CuEq, the block is classified as ore. If the value is
less than 0.176 % CuEq, the block is classified as waste.
ORE
WASTE
Figure 14.9
Cut-off Grade Chart by metal grade
14.11 Resource Limiting Pit Shell

To determine the resultant Mineral Resources with respect to market prices, the mining software
NPV Scheduler was utilized. The block model containing the information of Measured Mineral
Page 14-25
Resources and Indicated Mineral Resources is imported. The assumed costs based on annual
budgets and price assumptions along with geotechnical slope recommendations from KP, metal
recovery and other mill parameters required to model all costs associated to get from rock in the
ground through concentrate to final saleable metal were entered into the software. Then current
topography was incorporated. The NPV Scheduler software then relies on the Lerchs-Grossmann
algorithm to develop an overall recommended economic shape or shell and calculates an
economic cutoff per block by calculating recoverable metal content. The cutoff grade tells TCM
what metal the rock must contain to be profitable, and thus only material above this metal
content should be mined as ore (or milled).
The base case Mineral Resource estimate used spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb copper with
US$1500/oz gold with sensitivity cases at US$2.50/lb copper with US$1100/oz gold and
US$4.00/lb copper with US$1700/oz gold. All of the resource defining cone runs allowed only
the material classifications of Measured Mineral Resources and Indicated Mineral Resources to
provide positive credit to the economics that defined the geometry.
14.12 Tabulation Of Mineral Resource
The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve statements were completed internally by Mount
Milligan Mine staff and reviewed and approved by QP Robert Clifford, Director Mine
Engineering, TCM. Mr. Clifford has worked in gold, titanium, molybdenum, and copper surface
mining operations as a mining engineer for a total of 18 years since graduation from university
with a Bachelors of Science in Mining Engineering. The Mount Milligan Mine copper-gold
porphyry deposits contain a combined Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource of 664.4 Mt at
0.193% Cu and 0.349 g/t Au containing 2.8 billion lb copper and 7.45 million oz gold. In situ or
contained metal as referenced in the text and tables refers to the estimated total metal in the
ground before mining, milling, or refining losses. The Mineral Resource estimate was tabulated
within a conceptual open pit shell using spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb Cu and US$1500/oz Au
and a cut-off grade of 0.176% copper equivalent and takes into consideration metallurgical
recoveries, concentrate grades, transportation costs, smelter treatment charges, and royalty and
streaming arrangements. The Mineral Resource estimate was cut from the December 31, 2014
mining surface and is reported inclusive of the Mineral Reserve in Table 14.14.
Table 14.14
Mineral Resource Estimate (Inclusive of Mineral Reserves)

Effective December 31, 2014
Mt
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ Au oz
(Million)
Measured
Indicated
Inferred
343.3
321.1
664.4
10.1
0.196
0.190
0.193
0.146
0.429
0.262
0.349
0.337
1,482
1,342
2,823
33
4.74
2.71
7.45
0.11
Notes:

Page 14-26
14.13 Sensitivity Analysis

Sensitivity to metal price cones has been run to evaluate the impact of metal prices on the
potential resource. Table 14.15 is a summary of the results, showing resource tonnages and
grades, inclusive of Mineral Reserve, at varied metal price scenarios.
Table 14.15
Mineral Resource (Inclusive of Mineral Reserves)

Metal Price Sensitivities December 31, 2014
Tonnage & Grade
In Situ Metal
Cu
Copper
Gold
Category
Mt
US$2.50/lb Cu; US$1100/oz Au

$2.50
$1100 Measured 276.6
$2.50
$1100
Indicated 196.5
$2.50
$1100 Total M+I 473.1
2.9
$2.50
$1100
Inferred
$3.00
$3.00
$1250
Indicated 270.0
$3.00
$1250 Total M+I 589.0
5.3
$3.00
$1250
Inferred
(%)
Au Strip Ratio Cu lbs

(g/t) Waste:Ore (Millions)
0.210
0.201
0.206
0.159
0.454
0.295
0.388
0.378
0.201
0.194
0.198
0.147
0.436
0.273
0.361
0.391

$3.50
$3.50
$1500 Indicated 321.1
$3.50
$1500 Total M+I 664.4
10.1
$3.50
$1500
Inferred
0.196
0.190
0.193
0.146
0.429
0.262
0.349
0.337

$4.00
$1700 Measured
$4.00
$1700
Indicated
$4.00
$1700 Total M+I
$4.00
$1700
Inferred
0.193
0.187
0.190
0.150
0.428
0.258
0.345
0.318
355.3
342.1
697.4
15.7
0.65
0.76
0.86
0.94
Au oz
(Millions)
1,278
871
2,150
10
4.04
1.86
5.90
0.03
1,416
1,155
2,571
17
4.47
2.37
6.84
0.07
1,482
1,342
2,823
33
4.74
2.71
7.45
0.11
1,511
1,414
2,925
52
4.88
2.84
7.72
0.16
Note:Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves and do not have demonstrated economic viability.
While the estimate of Mineral Resources is based on the Qualified Persons judgment that there
are reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction, no assurance can be given that
Mineral Resources will eventually convert to Mineral Reserves.
Mineral Resources are not Mineral Reserves until they have demonstrated economic viability.
Mineral Resources estimates do not account for a resources selectivity, mining loss, or dilution.
No mining dilution is applied to the grade of the Mineral Resources.

Page 14-27
The estimate of Mineral Resources is not materially affected by any known environmental
matters, permitting issues, political or socio-economic requirements.

Page 14-28
15.0
MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES
The Mineral Reserve estimates were completed internally by Mount Milligan Mine staff and
reviewed and approved by QP Robert Clifford, Director Mine Engineering, TCM.
15.1
Resource To Reserve Conversion
For Mineral Reserve classification, the resource pit shell output from NPV Scheduler is brought
into computer aided drafting (CAD) design software MineSight 3D to convert the shell (or cone)
into a pit design. Locations of blocks within the cone, metal content, haul roads, and minimum
mining widths based on loading fleet size are considered to develop the overall feasible pit
design. The location of the block is important, as this helps determine the amount of rock that
will be extracted in order to reach the block. The MineSight 3D design software provides
computer aided drafting tools to map out how to access economic material based on the outputs
carried over from the NPV Scheduler shell. The MineSight 3D software then can be utilized to
quantify and tabulate according to cutoff the quantity and quality of economic reserves by
tonnage and average grade by bench by layback. The tabulated reserves then must be scheduled
with recoveries and costs applied to determine saleable product and the resultant economic
benefit. If the resultant key metrics do not match the input parameters an iterative process of
refining assumptions and running through to design and schedule is undertaken to achieve
reserve status.
Modifying Factors
Modifying Factors are considerations used to convert Mineral Resources to Mineral Reserves.
These include, but are not restricted to, mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure,
economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors.
Proven Mineral Reserve
A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource.
A Proven Mineral Reserve implies a high degree of confidence in the Modifying Factors.
Probable Mineral Reserve
A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated Mineral
Resource. The confidence in the Modifying Factors applying to a Probable Mineral Reserve is
lower than that applying to a Proven Mineral Reserve.
15.2
Tabulation Of Mineral Reserve
The Mineral Reserve estimate was developed through the construction of an ultimate open pit
design within the Mineral Resource model at cost estimates and Metal price assumptions set
forth in Section 14.10, Table 14.12. The Undiluted Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve totals
542.1 Mt at 0.20% Cu and 0.35 g/t Au containing 2.4 billion lb Cu and 6.2 million oz gold
(Table 15.1). The open pit was optimized at the same charges used in the mineral resource
estimate using spot metal prices of US$3.00/lb copper, US$1250/oz gold, a US$1.00/C$1.10
exchange rate, a cut-off grade of 0.176% CuEq and takes into consideration metallurgical

Page 15-1
recoveries, concentrate grades, transportation costs, smelter treatment charges, the Haslinger net
smelter return royalty (see Section 4.2.1), and the gold stream arrangement with Royal Gold (see
Section 4.2.2) in determining economic viability. The Undiluted Mineral Reserve estimate
reported has been classified as 55% Proven and 45% Probable.
Table 15.1
Mineral
Reserve
Category
Proven
Probable
Total
Undiluted Mineral Reserve Estimate Effective December 31, 2014
Mt
300.1
242.0
542.1
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ
Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ
Au oz
(Million)
0.206
0.195
0.201
0.424
0.269
0.355
1,366
1,041
2,407
4.10
2.10
6.20
Note: Figures may not total exactly due to rounding.
The estimate of Mineral Reserves is not materially affected by any known environmental
matters, permitting issues, political or socio-economic requirements. The Mineral Reserves
estimates are also not materially affected by any legal, title or taxation issue.
15.3
Tabulation Of Mineral Resource Exclusive Of Reserve
The Mount Milligan copper-gold porphyry deposits contain a combined Measured and Indicated
Mineral Resource exclusive of the Mineral Reserve of 122.3 Mt at 0.15% Cu and 0.32 g/t Au
containing 417 million lb copper and 1.25 million oz gold. The Mineral Resource estimate was
tabulated within a conceptual open pit shell using spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb Cu and
US$1500/oz Au. The Mineral Resource was cut from the December 31, 2014 mining surface and
is reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve in Table 15.2.
Table 15.2
Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive of Mineral Reserve)

Effective December 31, 2014
Mt
Cu
(%)
Au
(g/t)
In-Situ Cu lb
(Million)
In-Situ Au oz
(Million)
Measured
Indicated
Inferred
43.2
79.1
122.3
10.1
0.122
0.172
0.155
0.146
0.465
0.243
0.321
0.337
116
301
417
33
0.64
0.61
1.25
0.11
Notes:
15.4
Risk Factors
The results of the economic analysis to support Mineral Reserves represent forward looking
information that is subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those presented here. Uncertainty

Page 15-2
that may materially impact Mineral Reserve estimation include realized prices, market
conditions, capital and operating cost estimates, foreign exchange rates, resource model
performance, recoveries, and the timely and successful implementation of recommended actions,
including installation of the secondary crushing circuit.

Page 15-3
16.0
MINING METHODS
16.1
Introduction
The large scale open pit mining for Mount Milligan Mine will provide mill feed at a nominal rate
of 62,500 t/d (22.8 Mt/a) with the completion of the secondary crushing circuit (Section 17.2).
Annual mine production will peak at 55 Mt/a, with a life-of-mine (LOM) stripping ratio of 0.81
tonne waste to 1 tonne ore. The following is a summary of the major mining equipment at
Mount Milligan Mine:
Quantity
Unit
Caterpillar 49HR Electric Drill MD6640
Caterpillar MD5075 Hydraulic Hammer
Cable Shovels
Caterpillar 7495HR2 Electric Mining Shovel
Front Loaders
Caterpillar 994F Wheel Loader
Haul Trucks
11
Caterpillar 793F Haul Truck
Blast Hole Drills
The mining operations equipment fleet comprises two 311 mm electric blast hole drills, two 41
m3 electric cable shovels, one 19 m3 front end loader and eleven 217 t trucks. These major units
are supplemented with a back-up equipment fleet of graders, track and rubber-tired dozers,
backhoes, and water trucks. A 15 m bench height has been selected for mining both ore and
waste. The overall mining sequence was developed through a series of mining pushbacks
specific to the MBX, 66 and WBX Subzones (collectively, the Main Zone), and SS phases. The
approach was designed to:
maintain higher grade mineralization in the MBX Subzone;

maintain a smooth waste/ore ratio with required TSF construction materials;
develop an ore blending strategy while selectively mining from the Main Zone and SS
pits to smooth delivery of copper head grades to achieve elevated concentrate grades;
provide waste rock storage in the mined out sections of the Main Zone pit for waste
generated from the WBX and SS mining phases from mid 2031; and
provide optional additional tailing storage capacity for the cleaner tailing in the final four
years of the mine life, in the mined out Main Zone pit while later stage mining operations
are concluding at the SS pit.
Mining and placement of overburden, non-acid generating (NAG) sulphide rock, weathered, and
oxide rock from the mine is integrated at the TSF with the construction of the south, southeast,
northeast, and north embankments, Pipeline Corridor Causeway (PCC) and West Separator Berm
(WSB). Delivery of potentially acid generating (PAG) rock for sub-aqueous storage at the TSF
will be integrated in the cleaner/scavenger tailing Separator Dyke and bulk storage area within
the TSF. Residual overburden will be stockpiled in the WSB laydown area and a temporary
stockpile located west of the primary crusher (the South Stockpile). Overburden will be
Page 16-1
reclaimed from the South Stockpile during the later years of the mine life for shortfalls of TSF
material requirements, and for the completion of the last four construction stages (Stages 1821)
of the TSF embankment.
This Technical Report updates the 2009 Report on the Project to the current operational 2014
Mine Plan. Listed below are the major changes in the mining area between the 2009 Report and
the 2014 Mine Plan:
The resource block model has been updated as discussed in Section 14.0.
The topography is based on the December 31, 2014 survey for the 2014 Mine Plan.
The final pit definition has been based on updated G&A, mining, concentrate handling,
and processing charges and spot metal prices of US$3.00/lb copper and US$1250/oz gold
(compared to US$1.60/lb copper and US$690/oz gold prices used in the 2009 Report).
The overall pit wall slope angle recommendations have not been changed.
The mining phase sequence has been updated and the pit mining schedule has extended
from 22.1 years from original ground to a current plan of 23.9 years of production from
January 1, 2015.
Mill throughput has been increased to 62,500 t/d from the 2009 Report 60,000 t/d due to
the addition of the secondary crushing capital project to be completed.
The general arrangement drawing for the mine, process plant, ancillary structures, and overall
TSF is illustrated in Figure 16.1.
Figure 16.1
General Arrangement Map
Source: TCM, 2015

Page 16-2
16.2
Mine Design 2014 Plan
16.2.1 Geotechnical Wall Slope Design Sectors

The geotechnical and hydrogeological database, assembled by KP, in the 2007 Feasibility Open
Pit Slope Design report, and the KP memo dated May 14, 2009, entitled Mount Milligan Project
Updated Feasibility Pit Slope Design, have been used to divide the Main Zone pit into seven
design sectors and the SS pit into four design sectors. These have been defined in relation to the
orientation of pit walls, geology and major structures: namely Oliver Fault, Rainbow Fault,
Harris Fault and Great Eastern Fault. Slope recommendations from the report can be summarized
into three categories, namely overburden, MBX East, and all remaining. The respective design
sectors that have been used are illustrated in Figure 16.2 with the MBX East sector shaded.

Page 16-3
Figure 16.2
Pit Wall Design Sectors

Page 16-4
16.2.2 Inter-Ramp Angles And Overall Wall Slopes

Five oriented core HQ geotechnical drill holes were located at the Main Zone and two drill holes
at the SS Zone. Based on stereographic and limit equilibrium stability analyses, KP concluded
that bedrock inter-ramp and overall slope angles at the east and southeast sectors of the Main
Zone will be designed to achieve a minimum 1.3 factor of safety (FOS). Groundwater control
measures will be implemented at the overburden bedrock interface unit to achieve a maximum
30 effective slope.
The recommended slope geometries of bench face angle, bench height and width at the Main
Zone and SS pits have been based on the assumption that good controlled blasting techniques
will be employed along the pit slopes and at the final pit walls.
The overburden slopes will be developed with a 40 bench face angle with every two 15 m
benches a 17 m bench width will be required for the 30 overall highwall angle. Sufficient lateral
distance will be required at the bedrock/overburden interface to allow a ditch to collect runoff
from the overburden slopes.
At the east and southeast sectors of the Main Zone pit, slopes will be developed with a 60 bench
face angle. A double 15 m bench height and 16 m bench width will be required for the 42
overall highwall angle.
For the remaining sectors of the Main Zone and SS pits, slopes will be developed with a 65
bench face angle. A double 15 m bench height and 14 m bench width will be required for the 47
overall highwall angle.
The recommended slope geometries are summarized in Table 16.1. Bench geometry design for
bedrock and overburden bench faces, including catch benches for rock fall hazards, are
illustrated in Figure 16.3.
Table 16.1
Recommended Slope Geometries

Inter-Ramp
Face
Angle ()
Angle ()
Overburden
Main (East, Southeast) Intrusives, Volcanics
Remaining Main, SS Intrusives, Volcanics
30
42
47

40
60
65
Bench
Height (m)
Bench
Width (m)
30
30
30
17
16
14
Page 16-5
Figure 16.3
Catch Benches for Rock Fall Hazards
Source: Piteau and Martin, 1977
16.2.3 Ultimate Pit Dimensions

The ultimate pit dimensions, including the final haul ramps extending to ultimate depth at the
770 m bench at the Main Zone and 875 m bench at the SS Zone, are shown in Table 16.2.

Page 16-6
Table 16.2
Ultimate Pit Dimensions
Design
Surficial
Dimensions
Final Ramp Exit
Ultimate Pit
Bottom
Maximum
Highwall
Maximum Depth
Main Zone
1,500 m E-W
1,700 m N-SE
1,100 m
770 m bench
1,190 m bench
West Sector
430 m
SS
900 m E-W
1,350 m N-S
1,400 m, via Main Zone
pit
875m bench
1,265 m bench
Southwest Sector
390 m
16.2.4 Haul Roads

Although many interim phase ramps are much wider, the ultimate pit haul roads have been
designed with an overall 34 m width that will include an outside berm (4.84 m wide, 1.82 m
high) and ditches (1.00 m) for dual lane passing of 236-t haul trucks (8.28 m) with a one-half
truck width (4.12 m) for truck separation. On each side of the truck, an allowance of 4.23 m for
rubble build-up and safety berm creep has been included. Roads have been designed with a
maximum 10% grade.
Haul roads out of the pit have been designed with an overall 39 m width that will include two
outside berms (4.84 m wide, 1.82 m high) and ditches (1.00 m) for dual lane passing of 236-t
haul trucks (8.28 m) with a one-half truck width (4.12 m) for truck separation. Similar
allowances of 4.23 m for rubble build-up and safety berm creep have been included on each side
of the truck as detailed on Figure 16.4.

Page 16-7
Figure 16.4
16.3
Typical Haul Road Cross Sections
Mine Planning Phase Development And Reserves
16.3.1 Mining Phase Layout And Blending Strategy

A complete redesign of all mining phases were performed in the second half of 2014 for the
Main and SS Zones. The previously designed Phase 1 by IMC (2009 Report) was completed in
2013 with Phase 2 now well into ore and all phase walls defined in current topography. Phase 3
designed by IMC has been started and it will be merged into the internally redesigned Phase 3
along with all subsequent phases. The Main Zone includes Phase 2 through Phase 7 and three
phases at the SS Zone formed the basis for the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve and
production schedule trials. Smoothing pit shell geometry and incorporating overall ramp layouts
were added as the final step in designing the mining phases.
Minimum mining phase widths between 70 to 100 m (when expanding from an earlier phase)
were designed with two objectives: to access the higher grade core of the MBX Sub-zone and to
blend that material with low copper/high gold from the 66 Sub-zone. These phase widths were
used to develop a blending strategy that would achieve a mill feed grade above 0.16% copper
and yield a saleable copper concentrate of 25% copper.
This phase development is similar to that of the 2009 Report. Changes were made to incorporate
the larger ultimate pit geometry, and a seventh phase was added. The bottom of MBX Phase 4
Page 16-8
completes that section to ultimate limits and would theoretically be available for backfill. The
south high gold low copper (66 Sub-zone) was designed so it could be mined completely
independent from all other phases for blending purposes.
There is no dilution or mining loss added to the Mineral Reserves or used for planning and
scheduling. The undiluted Mineral Reserve for the mining phases is shown in Table 16.3.
Main Zone and SS Phases Undiluted Mineral Reserve for Head Grades,
Recoveries and Concentrate Grades
Table 16.3
Mining
Phase
Ore
Tonnage
(000 t)
Ph2&3
Head Grade
Metal Recovery
Contained Metal
Cu
Au
Cu
Au
Cu
Au
(%)
(g/t)
(%)
(%)
(MM lbs)
('000 oz)
87,079
0.24
0.55
88.1
72.1
460
1,536
Ph4
105,950
0.20
0.34
83.4
73.5
469
1,172
Ph5
27,262
0.09
0.85
72.6
65.6
52
743
Ph6
28,621
0.21
0.31
84.3
73.3
132
283
Ph7
74,606
0.21
0.28
85.2
72.9
342
681
SS1
33,738
0.24
0.33
84.9
74.0
179
357
SS2
62,140
0.18
0.26
83.3
72.7
244
513
SS3
122,710
0.20
0.23
84.3
71.4
528
898
542,106
0.20
0.35
84.2
72.5
2,407
6,182
Total
16.3.2 Development Of Mining Phases

MBX-Phase 1
Pre-Stripping Phase 1 was completed in 2013.
MBX -Phase 2
Current mining and ore feed is taking place in Phase 2. Mining will extend from current
topography which is approximately the 1040 bench to the 965 bench. Mining widths range from
90 to 150 m.

Page 16-9
MBX Phase 3
Currently Phase 2 is in sustainable ore and thus Phase 3 mining has commenced. Phase 3 will be
the transition phase between the 2009 and 2014 mine designs. Phase 2 geometry will be
expanded in all directions during Phase 3. No portion of the pit is mined to its final position
during Phase 3. The 2014 Mine Plan calls for 60m wide drop cuts in all phases on non-final
walls to allow continuous access to depth while stripping the upper benches of future phases.
Mining widths will range from 100 to 250 m with the exception of one narrow point on the north
wall at 60m width over a length of 70m. Mining occurs on benches 1140 to 890.
MBX Phase 4
Final walls will be established in the east and north sectors of Phase 4 along with the pit bottom
on the east side of the MBX Zone. For benches 1145 to 1010, mining widths will range from 75
m in the southwest to 200 m in the northwest. Mining widths will decrease from bench 860 to
ultimate depth at 770 m. This phase will complete the east side of the MBX zone and allow for
waste rock or other disposal from 860 to 770 m elevation.
66 Zone Phase 5
Phase 5 largely isolates the 66 Zone which is high gold low copper. This phase is intended to be
mined in unison with multiple phases of the MBX Zone for blending purposes to achieve steady
copper mill feed grades and achieve saleable concentrate. Mining widths will range from 80 to
250 m. Mining occurs on benches 1090 to 920 m elevation.
WBX Phase 6
Phase 6 targets pre-stripping the WBX portion of the deposit and expands the Phase 4 geometry
to the west. Only a small portion of the north wall will be established as final pit wall. Mining
widths will range from 60 m to 250 m on benches 1160 down to 965. The mining width remains
rather large in this phase to capitalize on efficiencies, while providing some ore at depth.
WBX Phase 7
Phase 7 targets the WBX portion of the deposit to final depth and expands the Phase 6 geometry
to the west, establishing the final pit wall on all sides other than that connected to the SS Zone.
Mining widths will range from 80 m to 250 m on benches 1205 down to 905. A separate pit
bottom from Phase 4 is formed at the 860 m bench, and then narrowing to the bottom bench
elevation 770 m.
SS Phase 1
Phase 1 will target higher copper grade ore to be used for blending with some lower copper
grades in previous phases. Mining widths range between 80 m and 220 m from benches 1205 to
1040, with the 1130 bench being the first bench below undisturbed surface topography on the
east side of the SS pit. A ramp 45 m width is left in the back upper wall of SS Phase 1 for access
to the SS Phase 2 mining. Topography is leveled to the 1130 m elevation on the north and east
within the ultimate pit footprint.

Page 16-10
SS Phase 2
Mining the west wall to final limits will be completed in Phase 2, expanding north westerly from
Phase 1 and advancing from the high wall from bench 1250 to 965 m elevation. Mining widths
range between 80 m and 250 m with some short segments of narrow mining on the upper
benches as the access ramp is mined out. All ramps are temporary in Phase 2 and are designed at
120 m width to provide adequate minimum mining with on ramp retrieval.
SSPhase 3
Mining at the SS Zone will be completed in Phase 3, expanding easterly from Phase 2 and
advancing from the 1130 bench down to ultimate at 875 m elevation. Mining widths range
between 80 m and 220 m.
Drawings of the phases are illustrated in Figure 16.5 through to Figure 16.14, inclusive.

Page 16-11
Figure 16.5
End of Year 2014 topography

Page 16-12
Figure 16.6
Phase 2 Current Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone

Page 16-13
Figure 16.7
Phase 3 Continued Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone

Page 16-14
Figure 16.8
Phase 4 Completed Ore Advance at MBX Sub-zone

Page 16-15
Figure 16.9
Phase 5 Completed Ore Advance at 66 Sub-zone

Page 16-16
Figure 16.10 Phase 6 Stripping and Continued Ore Advance at WBX Sub-zone

Page 16-17
Figure 16.11 Phase 7 Completed Ore Advance at WBX Sub-zone


Page 16-18
Figure 16.12 Phase SS1 Opening Cut Ore Advance at SS


Page 16-19
Figure 16.13 Phase SS2 Continued Ore Advance West at SS


Page 16-20
Figure 16.14 Phase SS3 Final Ore Advance to Ultimate Pit at SS


Page 16-21
16.4
Mine Production Schedule
16.4.1 Mining Plan Ore And Waste Annual Production

Mount Milligan Mine site staff, together with TCMs corporate office staff, review and oversight
developed multiple iterations as required for the annual budgeting process. Production schedules
were developed to evaluate impacts of ore blending, waste scheduling, metal delivery, and
economic impacts. Annual tonnage and grade statistics were calculated from tabulations of
bench average grades and bench waste tonnage totals by category within each mining phase. TSF
building and waste disposal requirements were a governing guide to insure mill tailings disposal
requirements will be achievable. Mill commissioning will continue through 2015 while initiating
the construction of a secondary crushing circuit with production ramp-up to nominal 62,500 t/d
mill feed beginning in Q4 2016. Final scheduling assumptions incorporate the following mill
feed throughput:
Q1 2015 at 51,000 t/d

Q2 2015 at 57,000 t/d
Q3 2015 through Q3 2016 at 60,000 t/d
Q4 2016 onward at 62,500 t/d
Total ore and waste will be mined at an average rate of 40 Mt/a for years 2015 through 2018
ramping up to 46 Mt/a from years 2019 through 2032 after which the stripping will be
incrementally reduced to the end of the 23.9 year mine life in Year 2038, yielding an overall
LOM waste/ore ratio of 0.81/1.0. In the LOM plan, there is no dilution or mining loss added to
the Mineral Reserves for planning and scheduling.
The production schedule details tonnages and grades on a monthly, quarterly, and annual ore
flow time line to the concentrator as follows:
Year 2015 through 2016 Monthly

Year 2017 through 2019 Quarterly
Year 2020 through 2038 Annually
A blending strategy to deliver a minimum mill feed of 0.16% Cu to yield a marketable 25% Cu
concentrate was achieved through the orderly bench by bench sequencing by phase from the
mine phase designs. Ongoing construction material for TSF embankments will be sourced from
overburden, NAG (very high and high) sulphide waste rock and oxide-weathered rock. The
overburden and VHI-HI NAG rock can be used for the northeast section of the PCC and all
outside embankment mass fills. Weathered and oxide material will be used for constructing the
upstream (inside) portion of the TSF and the southwest section of the PCC. The low NAG
material will be used for the upstream side of the WSB embankment and the southwest portion
of the PCC. All high and low PAG material will be placed in the PAG Separator Dyke or the
PAG dump (interior to the TSF) and, at the conclusion of operations, will be flooded within the
TSF.

Page 16-22
16.4.2 Annual Metal Production In Concentrate

Annual statistics for copper and gold recoveries to concentrate were derived from a
comprehensive metallurgical test work program conducted on locked-cycle testing of drill core
collected at the Main and SS Zones (2009 Report). Test results were modelled to predict the
relationship among head grades, recoveries and concentrate grades from regression equations
such that each 15 m block would be assigned a specific value for concentrate grades and metal
recoveries.
Over the 23.9 year mine life, a total of 542 Mt of ore grading 0.20% Cu and 0.35 g/t Au will be
milled, yielding recoveries of 84.9% Cu and 72.5% Au. Overall metal production in concentrate,
not payable product, will total 2.0 billion lb copper and 4.5 million oz gold. Metal production
statistics including all zones are presented in Table 16.4.
Table 16.4
Years
Average Annual Tonnage, Grade, Recoveries, and Metal Production
Annual
Avg Ore
Tonnage
(000 t)
Avg Head
Grade
Avg Metal
Recovery
Avg Concentrate Production
Cu
Au
Cu
Au
Cu
Cu
Au
(%)
(g/t)
(%)
(%)
('000 t)
(MM lbs)
('000 oz)
Annual
Avg
Waste
Tonnage
(000 t)
20152019
22,321
0.23
0.54
84.6
73.3
42.5
93.8
285.8
19,049
20202024
22,838
0.18
0.40
83.8
72.6
35.2
77.7
212.8
25,199
20252029
22,825
0.22
0.30
85.0
73.4
42.1
92.8
160.9
21,376
20302034
22,825
0.18
0.26
83.7
72.6
35.1
77.4
138.9
20,324
20352038
22,016
0.20
0.25
83.6
68.6
36.1
79.5
122.4
4,075
Total
542,106
0.20
0.35
84.2
72.5
919
2,027
4,481
446,040
16.4.3 Annual Mining Plans

Annual mining plans showing the development of benches for the Main and SS pits for year ends
2015 through Year 2038 were developed. The pit advances and the TSF construction maps were
developed for selected end of year maps (2014, 2015, 2016, 2019, 2025, 2032, 2038 end of
mining). Backfilling of the Main pit could commence with the completion of Phase 4 as early as
2028 and continue to the end of mining activities in 2038. The following figures illustrate the pit
and TSF construction advances through the mine production schedule in Figure 16.15 through to
Figure 16.21.

Page 16-23
Figure 16.15 Pit and TSF Advances at the End of Year 2014

Page 16-24

Page 16-25

Page 16-26

Page 16-27

Page 16-28

Page 16-29

Page 16-30
17.0
RECOVERY METHODS
17.1
Summary
The Mount Milligan concentrator was designed to process ore at a nominal rate of 60,000 t/d,
producing a marketable concentrate of copper, gold, and silver. It consists of the following unit
operations:
primary crushing
coarse ore stockpile
Semi-Autogenous/Ball Mill/Pebble Crushing (SABC) grinding circuit
rougher/scavenger flotation
concentrate regrinding
cleaner flotation
gravity concentration
concentrate dewatering
tailing disposal
The run of mine (ROM) ore is crushed to 80% passing 150 mm, and then ground to 80% passing
220 m prior to flotation.
The rougher/scavenger flotation circuit will produce a high-grade rougher concentrate and a
lower-grade rougher/scavenger concentrate. These concentrates will be separately reground, then
upgraded in three cleaner flotation stages to produce a final flotation concentrate assaying at least
25% Cu.
A gravity circuit consisting of a centrifugal gravity concentrator and a shaking table will treat a
portion of the cyclone underflow from the rougher concentrate regrind circuit to recover the
coarse metallic gold. Due to its shape and very high SG, it is possible that some of the coarse
metallic gold particles could be lost in the first cleaner tailing if they are not first recovered by
gravity concentration.
The final flotation concentrate will be thickened and stored in a stock tank prior to filtering. The
gravity concentrate will be pumped from the gravity circuit to this stock tank. The combined
concentrate will then be pressure-filtered to a moisture content of approximately 8%, stockpiled,
then transported to the port at Vancouver for shipment to overseas smelters.
The final rougher/scavenger tailing containing mostly non-sulphide gangue minerals will be
stored in the TSF, while the cleaner/scavenger tailing containing most of the sulphide gangue
minerals will be stored in a separate area of the TSF. The latter will be kept underwater to
prevent acid generation from the oxidation of the sulphide minerals. The simplified flowsheet is
shown in Figure 17.1.

Page 17-1
Figure 17.1
Simplified Flowsheet of the Process Plant
Source: TCM, 2015
17.2
Major Design Criteria
The concentrator was originally designed to process 60,000 t/d (calendar day). The major criteria
used in the initial design are outlined in Table 17.1.

Page 17-2
Table 17.1
Major Design Criteria
Criteria
Unit
Operating Year
365
Overall Availability
92
Primary Crushing Rate
t/h
3,500
Milling & Flotation Process Rate
t/h
2,717
SAG Mill Feed Size, 80% Passing
150,000
SAG Mill Transfer Size, 80% Passing
3,665
SAG Mill Circulating Load
30
Ball Mill Circulating Load
250
Primary Grind Size, 80% Passing
220
kWh/t
20
Bond Ball Mill Work Index

Bond Abrasion Index
0.254
Concentrate Regrind Size, 80% Passing

Rougher Concentrate
40
Rougher/Scavenger Concentrate
20
The grinding mills were sized based on the pilot-plant tests and the JKSimMet grinding
simulation as well as on the Bond work index data. The pebble crushers were also sized based on
the JKSimMet simulation. The regrind mills were sized using the Bond work index equation for
ball mills and the standard tower mill to ball mill efficiency factor.
The flotation cells were sized based on the laboratory optimum flotation times and the scale-up
factors of similar operations.
Based on mill operating results to date, it is apparent that the constructed milling facility is
unlikely to achieve the designed 60,000 t/d average throughput rate on a consistent basis.
Grinding circuit profiles were completed and additional JKSimMet modeling conducted to
understand the potential shortfall in throughput and determine optional process modifications
required to meet the 60,000 t/d criteria on a consistent basis.
The results indicate that secondary crushing of the SAG feed material will be required. After
evaluating the options, the decision was made to pursue installation of a secondary crushing
circuit that will further reduce the primary crusher product from 80% passing 150 mm to
approximately 80% passing 67 mm prior to entering the SABC circuit. The reduced SABC feed
size will result in overall circuit throughputs of an estimated 62,500 t/d. There is a potential to
exceed the estimated throughput rate of 62,500t/d. However, a significant increase in the
flotation feed size could potentially reduce rougher/scavenger flotation recovery.
At 2014 year end, the secondary crushing circuit design was being finalized and the project is
expected to be commissioned in Q3 of 2016. The updated LOM economic evaluations contained
in Section 22.0 include estimated capital spending of C$75 million and a ramp up to 62,500 t/d
processing rate in Q4 2016.
Page 17-3
17.3
Process Plant Description
Primary Crushing
A conventional gyratory crusher facility is used to crush ROM ore at an average rate of 3,500 t/h.
The major equipment in this facility includes:
one 1.525 m x 2.794 m (60 inch x 110 inch) gyratory crusher;

one 2.134 m x 9.144 m (84 inch x 30 feet) apron feeder;
one 1.524 m (60 inch) x 355 m overland conveyor; and
one hydraulic rock breaker.
The ore is crushed to 80% minus 150 mm in the gyratory crusher. A rock breaker is provided to
break oversize rocks.
The crushed product gravity-flows to a 300-t discharge pocket from where it is fed by an apron
feeder at a controlled rate to the coarse ore stockpile feed conveyor.
The primary crusher dump pocket is equipped with a fogging dust suppression system, and a
water spray system to minimize the spread of dust generated during truck discharging and
crushing. The dust generated underneath the crusher, including apron feeder discharge point, is
controlled by a baghouse-type dust collector.
Secondary Crushing
The originally installed coarse ore stockpile feed conveyor will be split into two conveyors with
a transfer station that will allow the material to either feed directly to the original coarse ore
stockpile feed conveyor or bypassed to a new conveyor that will feed the secondary crushing
circuit.
The secondary crushing circuit will consist of a screening station with oversize material being
conveyed to a surge stockpile and the undersize reporting to the coarse ore stockpile feed
conveyor via a new secondary crushing circuit product conveyor. The screen oversize material
will be reclaimed from this surge stockpile and transferred to the secondary crushers. The
crusher product will be combined with the screen undersize on the secondary crushing circuit
product belt and transported to the coarse ore stockpile feed conveyor. The simplified flowsheet
and project design criteria are contained in Figure 17.2.

Page 17-4
Figure 17.2
Secondary Crusher Circuit Simplified Flowsheet and Design Criteria
Source: TCM, 2015
Coarse Ore Stockpile

The coarse ore stockpile (COS) has a live capacity of 40,000 t. The ore is reclaimed from this
stockpile by four 1.524 m (60) x 7.6 m apron feeders at a nominal rate of 2,717 t/h. The apron
feeders will feed a 1.524 m (60) x 313 m SAG mill feed conveyor.
The stockpile reclaim feeders will also be equipped with a baghouse-type dust collection system
to minimize the spread of dust generated during ore transport.
Primary Grinding And Classification
The primary grinding process is a SABC circuit designed to process ore at a nominal rate of
2,717 t/h after the installation of the secondary crushing circuit. The grinding circuit includes:
one 12.20 m diameter x 6.71 m EGL (40 x 22) SAG mill with one 23.5 MW gearless
motor drive;
two 7.32 m diameter x 12.50 m EGL (24 by 41) ball mills each driven by two 6.5 MW
variable speed synchronous motors (26 MW total installed ball mill power);
two cone crushers, each powered by one 750 kW motors;
one 3.66 m wide x 7.3 m long double-deck (DD) vibrating screen; and
twenty 840 mm (33) cyclones.
The SAG mill is currently equipped with 90 mm grates to remove critical size material. The mill
discharge is screened by one vibrating screen with screen oversize further processed with two
Page 17-5
pebble crushers to 80% passing 14 mm. The crushed product will be conveyed back to the SAG
mill feed conveyor. The vibrating screen undersize will be pumped to a distributor to equally
split the slurry to the two ball mill cyclone feed pump boxes.
Each ball mill will be in close-circuit with a cluster of ten cyclones. The cyclone underflow will
gravity-flow to the ball mill feed chutes, while the overflow will gravity-flow to the rougher
flotation circuit.
Two separate automatic ball charging systems are used to charge grinding media to the SAG and
the ball mills. The SAG mill balls will be delivered onto the SAG mill feed conveyor, while the
ball mill steel balls will be fed to the ball mill feed chutes to join the primary cyclone underflow
streams.
Reagents, including PAX and A3477, are added to the primary ball mill cyclone feed pump
boxes.
Rougher/Scavenger Flotation
The rougher flotation circuit consists of two trains of five 200 m3 flotation tank cells. Each train
will have two rougher and three rougher/scavenger flotation tank cells.
The concentrates from the first two cells of each train (rougher concentrate) and the concentrates
from the last three cells of each train (rougher/scavenger concentrate) will be reground separately
to produce the optimum regrind size for each product. The rougher and rougher/scavenger
concentrate mass pulls are estimated at 5% and 7% respectively. The rougher/scavenger tailing
from each train will gravity-flow to the TSF during the early years and then will be pumped
during the latter years.
Rougher and scavenger flotation is carried out at natural pH and a slurry density of
approximately 35% solids. The same collectors used in the grinding circuit are added to the
flotation cells. The frother is the commonly used methyl isobutyl carbinol (MIBC).
Concentrate Regrinding
Two separate regrinding circuits are used for the rougher and the rougher/scavenger
concentrates, respectively.
The major equipment includes:
one 1,119 kW tower mill operated in closed circuit with six 380 mm cyclones; and
two 3,000 kW IsaMills operated in closed circuit twenty-six 250 mm cyclones.
The rougher concentrate is reground to 80% passing 40 m in the tower mill while the
rougher/scavenger concentrate together with the first cleaner flotation tailing and the second
cleaner flotation tailing are reground to 80% passing 20 m in the IsaMills.

Page 17-6
Gravity Gold Concentration

To recover the coarse metallic gold particles in the rougher concentrate, approximately 20% of
the rougher concentrate regrind cyclone underflow is diverted to a centrifugal gravity
concentrator. The gravity concentrate is collected in a surge tank, and is currently pumped
directly to the copper concentrate stock tank. The gravity concentrator tailing will gravity-flow
to the rougher concentrate regrind mill cyclone feed pump box.
In the event that the concentrate discharging the centrifugal concentrator is to low grade to report
directly to the final concentrate storage tank, it can be discharged to a shaking table for further
upgrading. The shaking table concentrate will be pumped to the copper concentrate stock tank
while the shaking table tailing will be sent back to the rougher concentrate regrind mill cyclone
feed pump box.
The gravity concentration facility includes a security enclosure with close-circuit television
(CCTV) cameras and access is restricted to authorized personnel only.
Cleaner Flotation
The reground concentrates will undergo three stages of cleaning flotation to produce a final
copper concentrate containing at least 25% Cu. The major equipment in the cleaner flotation
circuit includes:
two 100 m3 first cleaner flotation tank cells;

five 100 m3 first cleaner/scavenger flotation tank cells;
four 30 m3 second cleaner flotation tank cells; and
two 30 m3 third cleaner flotation tank cells.
The reground rougher concentrate will be cleaned in two first cleaner tank cells. The concentrate
from the cells will be pumped to the second cleaner circuit, while the tailing will be pumped to
the rougher/scavenger concentrate regrind circuit for further regrinding.
The second cleaner flotation concentrate can be cleaned in either a third cleaner column or two
third cleaner tank cells and the second cleaner tailing will be pumped to the rougher/scavenger
concentrate regrind circuit as well. The concentrate from the third cleaner cells, which is the final
concentrate product, will be pumped to the concentrate thickener. The third cleaner column
tailing is recycled back to the head of the second cleaner flotation while the third cleaner tanks
cell tailing will be pumped to the feed well of the second cleaner tank cells.
The reground rougher/scavenger concentrate and the first and second cleaner tailing is cleaned in
five first cleaner/scavenger tank cells. The concentrate from these cells is pumped to the head of
the first cleaner bank while the tailing is pumped to the cleaner tailing impoundment area.
For optimum pyrite rejection, the pH in the first cleaner flotation circuit is maintained at
approximately 11 and is increased to approximately 11.2 in the second and third cleaner flotation
stages.

Page 17-7
For environmental reasons, the first cleaner/scavenger tailing, containing most of the sulphide
gangue minerals, is discharged and stored in a separate tailing area located within the TSF and is
kept under water at all times to prevent oxidation of the sulphide minerals.
The reagents used in the grinding and rougher flotation circuits is also added to the cleaner
flotation stages, at significantly lower dosages. Lime is used to maintain the optimum pH in the
cleaning circuit.
Concentrate Dewatering
The final flotation concentrate will be thickened to approximately 60% solid in a 12-m diameter
high rate thickener. The thickener underflow will be pumped to the concentrate stock tank, and
then fed to a pressure filter. The major equipment in this circuit will include:
one, 12 m diameter high-rate thickener;

one, 6 m diameter x 8 m high concentrate stock tank; and
one, 96 m2 pressure filter.
The shaking table concentrate from the gravity concentration circuit is mixed with the thickened
flotation concentrate in the stock tank. The filtered concentrate, containing approximately 8%
moisture, is discharge directly onto the concentrate belt conveyor and conveyed to the
concentrate storage shed. The concentrate storage shed will provide capacity for up to 21 days of
production, in the event of unexpected transportation disruption. Concentrate is transported by
truck to a rail loadout facility located in Mackenzie
The Mackenzie rail loadout facility provides capacity for an additional 21 days of normal
concentrate production and facilitates loading of concentrate on rail cars for transport to North
Vancouver for loading and unloading. The concentrate is then loaded and shipped to the Pacific
Rim for distribution to purchasers.
The filtrate from the pressure filter is circulated back to the concentrate thickener feed well as
dilution water. The overflow from the thickener will be pumped to the concentrator as process
water.
Tailing Disposal
Two tailing streams the rougher/scavenger tailing and the first cleaner/scavenger tailing
are deposited and stored in separate tailing storage areas within the TSF. The tailing pond
supernatant is recycled to the concentrator for re-use.
In the later processing years, a tailing pump station will be installed to aid the transportation of
the rougher/scavenger tailing although the tailing is able to gravity-flow to the tailing pond
during the initial operating years.
Tailings embankment construction and management is further detailed in Section 18.1.

Page 17-8
Reagent Handling And Storage

To ensure containment in the event of an accidental spill, the reagent preparation and storage
facility is located within a containment area designed to accommodate 110% of the content of
the largest tank. The storage tanks are equipped with level indicators and instrumentation to
provide continuous monitoring during normal operation. Appropriate ventilation, fire and safety
protection and Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) stations are provided at the facility.
Each reagent line and addition point is labelled in accordance with Workplace Hazardous
Materials Information Systems (WHMIS) standards. All operational personnel receive WHMIS
training, along with additional training for the safe handling and use of the reagents.
Collectors
The liquid collector, A3477, is added in undiluted form to the flotation process via individual
metering pumps. This collector is delivered in bulk containers equipped with a pneumatic offloading system, and is stored in a 1.25 m diameter x 2.00 m high storage tank.
The solid type collector, PAX, is shipped to the mine site in drums, diluted to 10% solution
strength in a mixing tank, and stored in a 1.50 m diameter x 2.50 m high holding tank before
being added to the various addition points by metering pumps.
Frother
MIBC is shipped as liquid in bulk tankers, stored in a holding tank and pumped in undiluted
form to the various addition points.
Flocculant
Solid flocculant is used at the concentrator; it is shipped in 25 kg bags, prepared in a wetting and
mixing system, diluted to 0.5% strength and stored a holding tank. The solution flocculant is then
fed to the thickener feed well by metering pumps.
Lime
Pebble lime is delivered by bulk tanker trucks and stored in a dedicated silo with a capacity of
300 t. It is retrieved from the silo by a screw conveyor and slaked in a tower mill. The 15% solid
slaked lime slurry is stored in a 6.00 m diameter x 6.00 m high agitated tank and distributed
throughout the concentrator via a pressurized lime loop.
Other Reagents
Anti-scale chemicals may be required to minimize scale build-up in the reclaim or recycle water
lines. This reagent will be delivered in liquid form and metered directly into the intake of the
reclaim water pumps.
New reagents will occasionally be tested to determine their effect on metal recovery and
concentrate grading. These reagents will be handled in accordance with MSDS requirements, and

Page 17-9
any unused test reagents will be returned to the suppliers for disposal. A facility for mixing and
dosing these reagents will be provided.
Assay And Metallurgical Laboratory
The assay laboratory is equipped with necessary analytical instruments to provide all routine
assays for the mine, the concentrator, and the environment departments. The most important of
these instruments includes:
an atomic absorption spectrophotometer (AAS);

an inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometer (ICP-MS);
a mineral liberation analyzer (MLA); and
a Leco furnace.
The metallurgical laboratory conducts all necessary test work to monitor metallurgical
performance and more importantly to improve the process flowsheet and efficiency. The
laboratory is equipped with laboratory crushers, ball and stirred mills, particle size analysis
devices, flotation cells, gravity concentration devices, filtering devices, balances, and pH meters.
Water Supply
Two separate water supply systems for fresh water and process water is provided to support the
operation.
Fresh Water Supply System
Fresh and potable water is supplied to a 10 m diameter by 10.5 m high fresh water storage tank
and a 3 m diameter by 4 m high portable water tank respectively from three ground water wells,
located approximately 1 km south of the plant site. To allow gravity-flow, the fresh water tank
has been installed at an elevation of 1185 m, approximately 400 m south-west of the
concentrator. All the fresh water pipelines outside heated buildings will be buried below the
freezing level.
Fresh water is used primarily for the following:
firewater for emergency use;

reagent preparation;
dust suppression; and
potable water supply.
The fresh water tank by design is full at all times and provides at least two hours of firewater in
an emergency.
The potable water is treated (chlorination and ultraviolet lamps) and stored in a 3 m diameter x 4
m high tank prior for delivery to various service points.

Page 17-10
Process Water
Process water consists primarily of reclaim water from the TSF and the copper concentrate
thickener, as well as fresh make-up water that will be supplied from the Meadows Creek pump
station and water from the mine dewatering wells. Approximately 5,800 m3/h of water is
required to satisfy the process requirement. Fresh and reclaimed water is directed to a 16 m
diameter x 16 m high process water storage tank, from where the water gravity-flows to the
distribution lines in the process plant. The process water tank is located at an elevation of 1170
m, approximately 335 m south-west of the concentrator. As with fresh water, process water
supply and distribution pipelines will be buried below the freezing level.
Air Supply
Separate air service systems supply air to the following areas:
Flotation: low pressure air for flotation cells is provided by three 20,000 m3/h air blowers
(two operating, one standby).
Filtering: high pressure air for filter pressing and drying of concentrate is provided by
dedicated air compressors.
Crushing: high pressure air for the dust suppression (fogging) system and other services
is provided by a separate air compressor.
Stockpile: high pressure air is provided by a separate air compressor.
Plant Services: high pressure air is provided by two separate air compressors.
Instrumentation: instrument air will be generated from two dedicated oil-free air
compressors, and is dried and stored in a dedicated air receiver.
Power Usage
The 2014 total Project site power consumption was 520,000 MWh, or 36.74 kWh/t of ore
processed. With the installation of the secondary crushing facility and the associated increase in
daily mill throughput, the average consumption rate is estimated to be 24.5 kWh/t of ore
processed. Table 17.2 breaks down power consumption by area for 2014.

Page 17-11
Table 17.2
2014 Power Consumption (by area)

Power Consumption
Unit Operation
kWh/t Ore
Milled
MWh/a
Crushing/Conveying
0.45
6,400
Pebble Crushing
1.13
16,100
26.65
380,800
SAG Mill Milling
11.11
158,700
Ball Mill Milling

Grinding Pumps
13.17
188,200
2.37
33,900
Flotation/Thickening
Regrinding/Classification/Gravity
2.59
1.20
37,000
17,100
Fresh Water/Reclaim Water
1.74
24,800
Assay/Met Lab
0.55
7,900
Mining
1.50
21,400
Admin/Truckshop
0.94
13,500
36.74
525,000
Primary Grinding/Classification
Total
17.4
Process Control And Instrumentation
Overview
The plant control system consist of a Distributed Control System (DCS) with PC-based Operator
Interface Stations (OIS) located in two separate control rooms: one in the primary crusher station
and one in the main administration building, alongside the mine dispatch center. The DCS and
the OISs, perform all equipment and process interlocking, control, alarming, trending, event
logging, and report generation. DCS Input/Output (I/O) cabinets are located in electrical rooms
throughout the plant, and interconnected with a plant-wide fiber optic network.
Field instruments are microprocessor-based smart type devices. Instruments are grouped by
process area, and wired to each areas local field instrument junction boxes. Signal trunk cables
connect the field instrument junction boxes to DCS I/O cabinets.
Intelligent-type Motor Control Centres (MCC) are located in electrical rooms throughout the
plant. A serial interface to the DCS facilitates the MCCs remote operation and monitoring.
The plant control rooms are staffed by trained personnel 24 hours per day. The principle
elements of the operating control philosophy are summarized in the following sections.
Remote Monitoring
CCTV cameras will be installed at various locations throughout the plant, including the primary
crushing facility, the stockpile conveyor discharge point, the stockpile reclaim tunnel, the pebble

Page 17-12
crushing area, the concentrate handling building, and the gold gravity concentration security
area. The cameras will be monitored from the two control rooms.
17.5
Major Design Considerations
Plant Site Layout

To minimize the ore hauling distance, the crushing plant was located as close to the open pit as
possible but at a safe distance from it. The location selected is approximately 500 m from the
southern lip of the main pit.
The location for the rest of the concentrator was optimized in the study for its site topography,
proximity to ore source, subsurface geotechnical data, and location of the TSF.
The plant site location provides:
the shortest haulage and conveyor distance for materials handling;

the least amount of earthworks; and
an elevation higher than the TSF maximum crest height, to take advantage of gravityflow for tailing disposal.
The flotation circuit arrangement is oriented so that in the event of a major spill due to pump or
power failure, all concentrator spillage can flow directly to the TSF.
Plant Site Geotechnical Investigation
A site investigation program was conducted by KP at the plant site area in August 2008, to
collect information for the determination of geotechnical parameters for foundation design. The
site investigations included drilling and sampling using Standard Penetration Testing (SPT) and
test pit excavations. Selected soil samples were analyzed at KPs soil testing laboratory in
Denver, Colorado. The results of the site investigation program were used to provide estimates of
allowable bearing pressures and settlements, relevant geotechnical parameters, and factors
affecting foundation design.
Site conditions and general observations from the site investigations are as follows:
Three basic material types have been identified topsoil, dense glacial till, and fluvial
sand and gravel.
Andesite bedrock was noted in two drill holes.
SPTs indicated that the foundation soils were typically very dense.
The water table is greater than 7.6 m deep at the plant site area, ore stockpile, and crusher
areas; however, the water table is much closer to the surface, at a depth of less than 2.4
m, in the maintenance complex area.
Foundation conditions across the site are fairly complex and variable. Structures are founded on
very dense glacial till or on fluvial sand and gravel deposits that vary in thickness from several
meters up to 10 m.

Page 17-13
Geotechnical parameters and factors that influence foundation design and earthworks
recommendations were provided for structural fill for a variety of footing widths and geometries.
Primary Grinding Circuit
Results from the 2007 and 2014 JKSimMet grinding simulation and the pilot-plant tests, along
with the work index data established by various testing programs, have been incorporated into
the primary grinding circuit design.
To minimize capital costs, the conventional SABC was selected over the conventional multistage crushing/ball mill or high pressure grinding rolls (HPGR) / ball mill circuits for primary
grinding. The SABC grinding circuit is widely used in similar sized porphyry copper operations
throughout the world.
A single grinding line using one large (40 diameter x 22 long) SAG mill and two large (24
diameter x 41long) ball mills were also selected to minimize capital cost. There are several units
of these size mills in operation today. A 23.5 MW gearless drive motor (GMD) was selected for
the SAG mill as dual pinion drive technology for the horsepower required is not available yet.
Each ball mill is powered by a 13 MW low-speed dual-pinion ring- geared mill drive (RMD)
system.
A single-bay mill layout, was selected for the primary grinding circuit to provide superior
accessibility for operations and maintenance. A spillage trench is provided to contain major spills
during a pump or a power failure.
Flotation
The 200 m3 flotation tank cells, one of the largest proven units in the market today, were selected
for the rougher and scavenger flotation circuit. These cells have been proven to be more efficient
than the conventional mechanical flotation cells. Mechanical flotation tank cells equipped with
froth wash were selected for cleaning duty because of their efficiency. These cells will produce
concentrate grades comparable to column flotation cells when they are operated with froth wash.
Regrind
As indicated by the Modal mineralogical analysis, the liberation sizes of the copper minerals
varied from as coarse as 100 m to as fine as 10 m. Most of the liberated copper minerals were
in the rougher concentrate while most of the non-liberated copper particles were in the
rougher/scavenger concentrate. Test work showed that a higher than 25% Cu concentrate can be
produced from the rougher concentrate at a regrind size of approximately 40 m while the
rougher/scavenger concentrate required a regrind size of approximately 20 m to produce a
reasonable grade product. Test work also showed that regrinding the combined concentrates to
40 m would not produce a marketable-grade product without significant metal losses. To
reduce the potential of overgrinding of liberated copper minerals and minimize capital and
operating costs, the rougher concentrate and the rougher/scavenger concentrates will be reground
separately.

Page 17-14
Gravity Separation
According to the mineralogical studies, most of the gold occurs as metallic gold particles, mostly
at particle sizes finer than 40 m. However, some of these particles are recoverable by
centrifugal type gravity concentrators. To ensure that these particles will not be lost in cleaning
stages, a gravity separation circuit was incorporated in the rougher concentrate regrind circuit.
No additional gold recovery has been factored in due to the inclusion of this unit.
Filtration
A pressure filter was selected to dewater the concentrate because it is more efficient than a disc
or a drum vacuum filter. Test work showed that this type of filter would produce filter cakes
containing between 6-8% moisture, which is ideal for bulk shipment. On the other hand, tests
with vacuum type filters showed that these types of filters are not capable of producing filter
cakes with less than 12% moisture. Therefore, the use of this type of filter would have required a
dryer, and this facility would have been more costly than pressure filters.

Page 17-15
18.0
PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE
18.1
Tailing Storage Facility Waste Material Management
Mining and placement of overburden, non-acid generating (NAG) sulphide rock, weathered, and
oxide rock from the mine are integrated at the TSF with the construction of the south, southeast,
northeast, and north embankments, PCC and WSB. Delivery of PAG rock for sub-aqueous
storage at the TSF will be integrated in the cleaner/scavenger tailing PAG Separator Dyke and
bulk storage area within the TSF. Residual overburden will be stockpiled in the WSB laydown
area and material remaining after construction requirements are met in any time period will be
placed in storage areas that meet long-term containment requirements.
The mine crew and mining equipment is used to deliver, spread, and compact embankment
building materials. Seasonal restrictions will be in place during winter and spring melt periods
for core building activities. No seasonal restrictions are applied to the mine crew who deliver
overburden and rock to the upstream and downstream sections of the embankments.
18.1.1 Waste Segregation
Waste from the open pit is separated into categorieis based on soil, extent of oxidation and acid
generation/metal leaching potential (ARD/ML) and later combined based on destination:
topsoil (stripped from the tailing area, open pits and plant site);
overburden (primarily glacial tills, alluvial sands and gravels);
weathered and oxide waste rock;
NAG waste rock;
low NAG waste rock; and
PAG waste rock.
Sulphide rock classification has been based on the neutralizing potential ratio (NPR) from acid
based accounting (ABA) analyses and identifies as NAG and PAG rock.
ABA estimation uses the assay results of the acid generating potential (AP) of sulphur and the
neutralizing potential (NP). NP divided by AP gives a resultant NPR estimate which is
interpolated within the ore control model and material placed within the TSF according to their
prescribed categories as follows:
NAG
low NAG
PAG
>2
1-2
<1
All waste rock with a NPR less than 2 is treated as PAG.

The final general arrangement of the Main Zone and SS open pits and the TSF is illustrated in
Figure 18.1.

Page 18-1
Figure 18.1
Tailing Storage Facility Final Arrangement Year 2038
18.1.2 Tailing Embankment Staged Construction

The South Embankment will be expanded in stages across King Richard Creek Valley while the
Southeast and Northeast Embankments will be constructed along the eastern plateau towards the
Esker lakes. The North Embankment will be extended westerly through the Esker deposit and
link with the WSB. Confinement between the plant site and TSF will be provided initially by
natural topography, with the WSB extending south in the later years. The peripheral length of the
enclosed embankments will be 10,700 m with a maximum embankment height of 100 m at the
South Embankment. Embankments will be raised on an annual basis using the centreline method
of construction.
The PCC will be constructed from weathered and oxide waste rock (southwest segment) and
overburden and High NAG rock (northeast segment) from the open pit and will follow the staged
Page 18-2
construction elevations of the embankments. Provision for cleaner and scavenger tailing
pipelines will be made along the causeway length as well as haul truck access to the North,
Northeast and Southeast Embankments.
The WSB will be constructed at the western edge of the TSF across King Richard Creek to
provide containment between the TSF and the Main Zone pit while operating as a waterretaining structure during the initial years until scavenger tailing beaches have been well
established. On the west side of the WSB, surplus overburden will be placed to develop a
laydown area, to fill a surface depression, and to direct runoff into the TSF.
The PAG Separator Dyke will be developed within the King Richard Creek Valley with PAG
material hauled from the open pits. It will extend easterly and then abut against the PCC to form
a containment cell for PAG cleaner tailing.
In the final years of operation the cleaner tailing will be re-routed and discharged into the Main
Zone pit, thereby allowing a scavenger tailing cap to be placed over the PAG Separator Dyke
and the cleaner tailing cell prior to submergence by the supernatant pond.
Tailings deposition is discussed further in Section 17.3.
18.2
OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE
Mount Milligan Mine is accessible by commercial air carrier to Prince George, British
Columbia, then by vehicle from the east via Mackenzie on the Finlay Philip Forest Service Road
and the North Philip Forest Service Road, and from the west via Fort St. James on the North
Road and Rainbow Forest Service Road. Road travel to Mount Milligan Mine is 482 miles from
Prince Rupert and 158 miles from Prince George. The forestry-based communities of Mackenzie
and Fort St. James are within daily commuting distance of the mine, and both of these
communities are serviced by rail. The infrastructure at Mount Milligan Mine includes a
concentrator, a TSF and reclaim water ponds, as described above, an administrative building and
change house, a truckshop/warehouse, a permanent operations residence, a first aid station, an
emergency vehicle storage, a laboratory, and sewage and water treatment facilities. The power
supply is provided by B.C. Hydro via a 57-mile hydroelectric power line. Concentrate is
transported by truck from the Project site to Mackenzie, transferred onto railcars of the Canadian
National Railway to existing port storage facilities of Vancouver Wharves in North Vancouver
and loaded as lots into bulk ore carriers. Concentrate is then shipped to customers via ocean
transport.

Page 18-3
19.0
MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS
19.1
Marketability
Mount Milligan Mine is strategically located for delivery to Asian custom smelters and the
concentrate analysis is low in deleterious impurities such as arsenic, antimony, bismuth, chlorine,
and fluorine. The presence of significant gold and payable silver values has been welcomed by
custom smelters and has proven to be a positive factor when negotiating sales contracts,
particularly with South Korea, Philippines and in 2014 with Japan.
Japan has six copper smelting companies and imports approximately 5 million dmt of copper
concentrate annually and is viewed as a key market for Mount Milligan Mine to access. Annual
deliveries to other smelters include South Korea with a requirement of approximately 2 million
dmt/y and the Philippines with a requirement of approximately 1.0 million dmt/y. Other
potential but less preferable markets are India with more than approximately 3 million dmt/y
imported annually, and China receiving more than 11 million dmt/y.
Smelters located in China have been offering less favorable terms for the last couple of years due
to rapidly increasing supply levels and their inability to refine the precious metals (gold) in their
smelting process to the same degree as the other major Asian markets. For this reason, Chinese
smelters in particular tend to offer much lower gold payable percentages than Japan, South
Korea or the Philippines. Since Mount Milligan Mine concentrate is high in gold, the reduced
gold payable make China a less appealing option.
Also, differing from most other countries, China and India currently impose an import duty on
refined copper metal (rather than on copper contained in concentrate). This feature benefits the
smelters who receive a positive price differential from the London Metal Exchange price, a
significant overall advantage for the concentrate supplier. Negotiating with smelters in these two
countries will always be an option to pursue for shipment of Mount Milligan Mine concentrate;
however, Japan, South Korea and Philippines remain the preferred export countries.
Delivery to North American smelters is also a possibility; however the logistic costs are not as
favorable as bulk transport to Asia so this would be an unlikely outcome.
19.2
Contracts
Concentrate Sales Agreements

As of the date of this Technical Report, TCM is party to four concentrate sales agreements for
the sale of concentrate produced at Mount Milligan Mine. Pursuant to these agreements, TCM
has agreed to sell an aggregate of approximately 85% of the copper and gold concentrate
produced at Mount Milligan Mine during 2014 and an aggregate of approximately 130,000 dry
tonnes in calendar year 2015 and 120,000 dry tonnes in calendar year 2016. The uncommitted
concentrate produced at Mount Milligan Mine is currently being sold on a spot basis, although
TCM may enter into additional concentrate sales agreements from time to time.
Under one of the agreements, TCM has the option to sell to the counterparty and the
counterparty has the obligation to purchase from TCM additional concentrate up to an amount
Page 19-1
equal to 40,000 dry tonnes per year during each of 2015 and 2016. Pricing under these
concentrate sales agreements is determined by reference to specified published reference prices
during the applicable quotation periods. Payment for the concentrate is based on the price for the
agreed copper and gold content of the parcels delivered, less smelting and refining charges and
certain other deductions, if applicable. The copper smelting and refining charges will be
negotiated in good faith and agreed by the parties for each contract year based on terms generally
acknowledged as industry benchmark terms. The gold refining charges are as specified in the
agreements. The terms of these concentrate sales agreements are within industry norms.
Gold Stream Agreement
Please see Section 4.2.2 for a summary of the Gold Stream Agreement with Royal Gold.

Page 19-2
20.0
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING AND SOCIAL OR COMMUNITY

IMPACT
Environmental programs and initiatives are essential to mine success. Mount Milligan Mines
environmental permit requirements are implemented in accordance with conditions of the
permits and other regulatory approvals. The Mount Milligan Mine was specifically designed
with a limited aerial footprint and environmental impacts generally occur within that footprint.
TCM continues to interact with local communities, First Nations and stakeholders to improve its
environmental performance.
All design, engineering, construction, operation and management of mine facilities and
components incorporates criteria for responsible management of process flows, effluent and
waste products to meet established capture and containment guidelines and permit requirements.
Environmental protection, as well as operational safety and maintenance requirements, are
incorporated into the design of the plant processes, as well as in the transportation, storage, and
disposal of materials within and outside the boundaries of the plant.
As part of the Safety, Health and Environmental Management System, all employees and
contractors working on the site are provided environmental training to develop awareness with
site environmental requirements.
20.1
Environmental Issues
Environmental impacts and their associated mitigations were considered at the beginning of the
original Project plan. These impacts and mitigations have been approved in various certificates,
permits and management plans with implementation either complete or significantly underway.
This updated plan contains no activities that change the existing environmental considerations or
materially alter the success of any mitigations that are currently underway or in place.
No additional environmental studies are expected with this updated plan.
20.2
Waste Disposal, Monitoring And Water Management
The pit waste material is being used for the construction of the TSF and WSB embankments, the
PCC and the PAG Separator Dyke (which separates the cleaner and scavenger tailing areas).
Material remaining after construction requirements are met in any time period will be placed in
storage areas that meet long-term containment requirements.
The main TSF embankment is being constructed in stages using annual raises throughout the
LOM, from low permeability glacial till, overburden and waste rock materials from stripping
operations at the open pit and borrow areas within and near the TSF. With the use of overburden
and NAG waste rock for downstream TSF embankment construction this eliminates the need for
conventional waste rock dumps. Delivery of PAG and oxide/weathered waste rock to the interior
of the TSF and Main Zone pit, once depleted, ensures secure underwater disposal.
Tailings from the mill is being delivered by gravity to the TSF for as long as possible. Each
delivery pipeline has been sized to carry up to 100% of the design scavenger tailing production

Page 20-1
from the circuit. One of the three delivery pipelines is required for use at all times while allowing
for maintenance work to be completed on the other two pipelines. Discharge into the TSF will be
from valved off-takes along the pipeline.
A series of pumps transfer water from active mining bench sumps for discharge into the TSF.
The Project has implemented, prior to construction and continuing in operations, surface water
and groundwater monitoring to ensure that there is no off-site impact of the mining operation.
The Project generates an annual water quality report that describes the monitoring program and
results for a variety of parameters.
As per requirement of the Mine Plan M-236, TCM recently submitted a revision to its 5-Year
Reclamation Plan. The 2015-2020 revision to the Reclamation Plan estimates the cost of
reclamation at approximately C$35.171 million. The Mount Milligan Mine currently has posted
a reclamation bond in the amount of C$30 million.
Management Plans are updated annually or semi-annually as necessary and are submitted to
applicable regulatory agencies for review and or approval as part of TCMs adaptive
management process.
20.3
Project Permitting
As more particularly described in Section 4.4 (Permits), all necessary permitting requirements to
operate the mine have been applied for and have been approved by the applicable regulatory
agencies.
20.4
Social Or Community Requirements
In 2006, Terrane initiated a consultation program with local communities and First Nations. In
May 2008, Terrane convened a Community Sustainability Committee of community
stakeholders and First Nations as the primary mechanism for ongoing engagement and to
maximize regional benefits from the mine. The Committee continues to meet on a quarterly
basis. Terrane drafted, and the Community Sustainability Committee approved, a Sustainability
Management Plan for the Project, which remains in place. TCM is also party to a Socio
Economic Agreement with the McLeod Lake Indian Band.

Page 20-2
21.0
CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS
21.1
Operating Costs And Replacement Capital
Total operating costs over the life of the Mine are estimated at C$6.2 billion (including C$1.9
billion for mining costs, C$2.7 billion for milling costs, C$1.1 for administrative costs and C$0.5
billion for transportation costs), total selling and marketing costs are estimated at US$214
million, total treatment and refining charges are estimated at US$506 million and total capital
expenditures are estimated at C$517 million, as shown in Table 21.1 and Table 21.2. This
represents a total average operating cost over the life of the Mine of approximately C$290
million per year. Total capital includes an estimated C$75 million for the secondary crusher and,
excluding this one-time capital expenditure, the total average capital cost over the life of the
Mine is approximately C$19 million per year.
Table 21.1
Life of Mine operating costs as of January 1, 2015
Costs Summary
Mining
Milling
Admin
Transportation
Selling and Marketing
Treatment and Refining
Capital
C$
C$
C$
C$
US$
US$
C$
Total $ M
1,851
2,709
1,151
491
214
506
517
Table 21.2
Life of Mine replacement capital requirements as of January 1, 2015
Mine Replacement Capital
LOM Quantity Frequency
Front End Loader
Haul Truck
Drills
Dozer
Grader
21.2
6
9
5
2
2
1 ea every 4 Years
Staggered mid mine life
1 ea every 2 Years beginning 2020
Mid mine life
Mid mine life
Secondary Crusher Capital Project
Secondary crushing of the SAG feed material is necessary to reach throughput of 60,000 t/d on a
consistent basis. The final capital cost estimate for the project will be determined once the
detailed engineering is completed, but for purposes of this Report, a cost estimate of C$75
million has been used. Construction is estimated to take approximately 18 months to complete.
In the LOM schedule, it is assumed that (a) temporary crushing will be utilized during 2015, (b)
throughput of 60,000 t/d is achieved in Q3 2015, (c) the secondary crushing circuit will be
complete in Q4 2016, and (d) overall circuit throughputs will reach 62,500 t/d for the remainder
of the LOM plan.

Page 21-1
22.0
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
The assumptions listed in Table 22.1 were used in the economic analysis calculations. All figures
in this section are presented in US dollars at a weighted average exchange rate of C$1.12 to
US$1.00.
Table 22.1
Life of Mine cost assumptions for Economic Analysis
Life of Mine Average US$

Cu Realized Price
Au Realized Price
Mining Costs
Milling Costs
Admin Costs
Transportation Costs
Selling and Marketing Costs
Smelting Charge
Copper Treat Charge
Gold Treat Charge
Capital Costs
$3.45 / lb
$1,084 / troy oz
$1.65 / t moved
$4.38 / t milled
$1.88 / t milled
$107.98 / wmt
$52.88 / wmt
$85.00 / t con
$0.085 /lb
$5.50 / troy oz
$19.29 / annum
Although the proven and probable mineral reserves were calculate using a Cu price of $3.00 per
pound and Au price of $1,250 per troy ounce, management believes these are very conservative
pricing assumptions for the life of the mine. While Cu prices may be lower in the short-term due
to constrained demand for Cu, there has also been a decline in supply resulting from production
downgrades from major producers. In the long-term, management continues to believe that
demand will be in excess of supply for Cu. For this economic section, an assumed long term Cu
price of $3.50 per pound and long-term Au price of $1,450 per ounce were used in order to
calculate revenues, which combined with slightly lower short-term prices assumptions, generate
an average realized Cu price of $3.45 per pound and an average realized Au price of $1,084 per
ounce (including gold sales under the gold stream agreement with Royal Gold) as shown in
Table 22.1.
Figures 22.1 and 22.2 show gross profit per Cu pound and annual pre-tax cash flow forecasts
over the life of the project using average figures for 5-year increments using proven and probable
mineral reserves. These metrics represent forward-looking information and are subject to change
due to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, such as changes in Cu and Au realized
prices, grade, costs of production, C$ to US$ exchange rate and capital costs.
Figure 22.1 shows gross profit per Cu pound calculated as the average Cu realized price per
pound minus average Cu by-product cash costs per pound and average capital expenditures per
pound. Utilizing these assumptions, Mount Milligan is forecasted to have very robust gross
margins. The average gross margin for the next 5 years is forecasted to be $2.55 per Cu pound,
while the forecasted gross margin for the life of the mine is $2.01 per Cu pound.
Page 22-1
Figure 22.1
Gross profit per copper pound by time period
Gross Profit per Pound
4.50
4.50
4.00
4.00
3.50
3.50
3.00
3.00
2.50
$2.26
2.00
$1.59
$1.77
$1.81
$2.55
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.50
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.50
2015-19
2020-24
Cu By-product Cash Costs
2025-29
CapEx
2030-34
Gross Profit
2035-8
Upside
Cu Price
Figure 22.2 shows annual pre-tax cash flow forecasts over the life of the project using average
cash flow for 5-year increments and are presented on a pre-tax, stand-alone basis, with no
financing costs. Included in the annual forecasted cash flow for 2015 through 2019 is a total of
C$75 million of capital costs for the secondary crusher project. Capital costs for mine
development were treated as sunk costs for an operating mine, thus payback period calculations
are not applicable.
Figure 22.2
Annual pre-tax cash flow forecast by time period
LOM Annual Pre-Tax Cash Flow

$300
$250
$200
$150
$100
$50
$2015-19
2020-24
2025-29
Average
2030-34
2035-8
Cu upside
The average annual cash flow for the next 5 years is forecasted to be $229 million, while
forecasted cash flow for the life of the mine is $4.0 billion. These figures increase significantly
Page 22-2
when assuming a long-term Cu realized price per pound of $4.00 to total cash flows of $4.9
billion for the life of mine.
22.1
ROYALTIES AND STREAMING AGREEMENTS
Cash flow calculations take into account the Haslinger Royalty in all scenarios evaluated (see
Section 4.2.1)
Cash flow calculations take into account the Gold Stream Agreement with Royal Gold in all
scenarios evaluated (see Section 4.2.2).
CORPORATION TAXES FEDERAL
22.2
Based on the pricing assumptions noted above, the mine is not expected to pay any federal
income taxes at the statutory rate of 15% for approximately 6 years from 2015 to 2020 as there
are sufficient deductions during that period to offset taxable income. These deductions include:
22.3
exploration and pre-production development expenditures allowed to be claimed

discretionarily at 100% acceleration, limited to mine operating profit;
initial and sustaining capital expenditures generally allowed to be claimed
discretionarily at 100% acceleration, limited to mine operating profit;
debt financing costs;
net operating loss carry forward allowed for up to 20 years; and
provincial mining taxes (see Section 22.4)
CORPORATION TAXES PROVINCIAL
The provincial corporate taxable income base is the same as the federal tax base. Based on the
pricing assumptions noted above, the mine is not expected to pay any provincial income taxes at
the statutory rate of 11% for approximately 6 years from 2015 to 2020.
22.4
MINING TAXES PROVINCIAL
The mine will be subject to the greater of two different taxes, either 2% of net current proceeds
(net revenue less operating costs) or 13% of net revenue tax (net revenue less operating costs and
capital expenditures). Based on the pricing assumptions noted above, the mine is expected to pay
the 2% net current proceeds tax for approximately 9 years from 2015 to 2023 as there are
sufficient deductions during that period to offset the 13% of net revenue tax. In lieu of allowing a
deduction of debt financing costs, the net revenue can be reduced by an investment allowance
which is earned on expenditures incurred to the extent they have not been recovered.

Page 22-3
23.0
ADJACENT PROPERTIES
There are no adjacent properties relevant to the assessment of the Project.

Page 23-1
24.0
OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION
There is no additional relevant data or information that should be included in this Technical
Report.

Page 24-1
25.0
INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS
Based on the information contained herein, the QPs, as authors of this Technical Report, offer
the following interpretations and conclusions:
Geology and Mineral Resources
Mount Milligan is a tabular, near-surface, alkalic copper-gold porphyry deposit.

The procedures for drilling, sampling, sample preparation and analyses are appropriate
for the type of mineralization and estimation of Mineral Resources.
Mineral Resources were estimated to CIM standards and conform to NI 43-101.
Mineral Resources were estimated as of December 31, 2014 within a conceptual open pit
shell using spot metal prices of US$3.50/lb Cu and US$1500/oz Au, exclusive of the
Mineral Reserve.
Combined Measured and Indicated Mineral Resources totaled 122.3 Mt at 0.15% Cu and
0.32 g/t Au containing 417 million lb copper and 1.25 million oz gold.
Inferred Mineral Resources totaled 10.1 Mt at 0.15% Cu and 0.34 g/t Au containing 33
million lb copper and 0.11 million oz gold.
The Mineral Resource estimate takes into consideration metallurgical recoveries,
Mining and Mineral Reserves
The Mineral Reserve estimate has been prepared utilizing acceptable estimation
methodologies and the classification of Proven and Probable Reserves conform to CIM
definitions and NI 43-101.
The Mineral Reserve estimate was developed through the construction of an ultimate
open pit design within the Mineral Resource model at cost estimates defined in Section
14.10, Table 14.12and the reserve spot metal price assumptions of US$3.00/lb copper and
US$1250/oz gold.
The Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve totals 542.1 Mt at 0.201% Cu and 0.355 g/t
Au containing 2.4 billion lb Cu and 6.2 million oz gold.
The Mineral Reserve estimate takes into consideration metallurgical recoveries,
The Mineral Reserve estimate is classified as 55% Proven and 45% Probable.
The methodology used for mine planning, ore control, pit limit determination, production
sequence and scheduling, and estimation of equipment/manpower requirements is in line
industry practice.
Mineral Processing
The metallurgical test work and recovery models meet industry standards.
Due to the fact that the Mount Milligan Mine is still in the commissioning phase, it is too
early to make a conclusion regarding estimated versus actual recovery.

Page 25-1
Without secondary crushing of the SAG feed material, there is an observed shortfall in
throughput that is likely to prevent achievement of designed throughput of 60,000 t/d.
Economic Analysis

Page 25-2
26.0
RECOMMENDATIONS
Continue to track progress during the mill ramp-up phase to assess and optimize performance
against expected results for geology, mine, and mill production.
Install a secondary crushing circuit that will further reduce the primary crusher product from
80% passing 150 m to approximately 80% passing 67 m prior to entering the SABC circuit.
This secondary crushing circuit is expected to result in overall circuit throughputs of 62,500 t/d.

Page 26-1
27.0
REFERENCES
The following documents were referenced in the preparation of this document and the 2009
Report.
A.R. MacPherson Consultants Ltd., 1995-05, Grindability Study on Two Samples of Mount
Milligan Project Ore.
AMEC Americas Ltd., 2006-05, Pre-feasibility Study.
AMEC, 2006, Mt. Milligan Pre-Feasibility Study, Unpublished report prepared by AMEC
Americas Limited for Placer Dome Inc., May 2006, Report #149582.
Barker, D.J. and Associates, 1990-07 Pre-Feasibility Study, Hallam Knight Pisold Ltd., Knight
and Pisold Limited, Melis Engineering Ltd., Pacific Western Communications Ltd,
Wright Engineers Limited
Blanchflower, J. D., Exploration report on the Mt. Milligan Property, Unpublished consultants
report to Lincoln Resources Inc., 26p.
Boliden-Allis, 1990-07, Grindability Test Report.
Continental Gold Corp., 1990-07, Pre-Feasibility Study (Appendices).
Continental Gold Corp., 1991. Mt. Milligan Project, Stage I Report, internal Continental Gold
Corp, (a subsidiary of Placer Dome Inc.) report.
Continental Gold Corp., 1991-05, Summary of Stage I Report.
Contract Support Services Inc., 1995-05, Final Report, Results of Simulation Testing, Mt.
Milligan Project, Grinding Circuit Analysis.
Contract Support Services Inc., 2007-01, Final Report to Terrane Metals Corp. Results of Mt.
Milligan Feasibility Simulation Study.
Deyell, C.L. and Tosdal, R.M., 2004, Alkalic Cu-Au Deposits of British Columbia: Sulfur
Isotope Zonation as a Guide to Mineral Exploration in Geological Field work 2004, BC
Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 2005-1, pages 191208.
Ditson, G. M., 1997, Geological and Physical Work on the Mt. Milligan Property, Unpublished
assessment report.
EIMCO Process Equipment, 1990-09, Thickening and Filtration Tests.
Fonseca, A., 2005, Report on Diamond Drilling on Mt. Milligan Property, North-Central British
Columbia, Assessment report submitted to the BC Ministry of Energy Mines and
Petroleum Resources.
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd., 1997-07, Model Analysis of Four Ore Types A Technical
Brief.

Page 27-1
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd., 2005-07, Canada The Metallurgical Response of Mount
Milligan Ores A Program of Laboratory and Pilot Plant Studies Technical Report.
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd., 2007-11, Canada The Metallurgical Response of Mount
Milligan Ores/A Program of Laboratory and Pilot Plant Studies/KM2008 Technical
Report.
G&T Metallurgical Services Ltd., 2007-12, Canada Locked Cycle Testing Variability
Composites/KM2145.
Independent Mining Consultants, 2007, Review of Mt. Milligan Database, Unpublished
consultants Report.
Independent Mining Consultants, 2007, Review of Mt. Milligan Resource Model, Unpublished
consultants Report.
Independent Mining Consultants, 2007, Technical Report Mt. Milligan Project Resource Report,
Omenica Mining District, British Columbia, Prepared for Terrane Metals Corp.
Knight Pisold Limited, 1991-02, Preliminary Overview of Water Balance and Fresh Water
Requirements for Tailings Area C.
Knight Pisold Consulting Engineers, 1991-08, Design of Water Storage Dam Report
No.1678/1.
Knight Pisold Consulting Engineers, 1991-08, Technical Specifications Form of Tender
Drawings Site Inspection Manual.
Knight Pisold memo, dated May 14, 2009, titled Mt. Milligan Project Updated Feasibility Pit
Slope Design.
KWM Consulting, Canada, 2007-02, Memo Grinding Mill Sizing for Mt. Milligan Project.
Lakefield Research, 1989-01, An Investigation of The Recovery of Gold and Copper - Process
Report No. 1.
Report No. 2.
Report No. 3.
Report No. 4.
Lakefield Research, 1990-09, Sample Preparation Details - Progress Report No. 5.
Lakefield Research, 1990-09, A Preliminary Investigation of The Environmental Impact of
Tailing Samples - Progress Report No. 6.

Page 27-2
Lakefield Research, 1990-10, An Investigation of The Recovery of Gold and Copper Process
Report No. 7.
Lakefield Research, 1990-10, Raw Assay Data - Addendum Progress Report No. 4.
Lustig, G., 2006, Technical Report on the Mt. Milligan Project, Omenica Mining District, British
Columbia, Prepared for Atlas Cromwell Ltd.
Lustig, G., Labrenz, D., and OBrien, D., 2007, Technical Report on the Mt. Milligan Project,
Omenica Mining District, British Columbia, Prepared for Terrane Metals Corp.
Maxwell Geoservices, Database Compilation Summary, Terrane Metals SQL Database,
Unpublished Consultants Report to Terrane Metals Corp.,
Melis Engineering Ltd., 1990-08, Pre-Feasibility Study.
Melis Engineering Ltd., 1990-10, Mt. Milligan Pilot Plant Thickening and Filtration Tests, 199010.
Nelson, J., Bellefontaine, K., Green, K., and Maclean, 1991, Regional geological mapping near
the Mt. Milligan Copper-Gold Deposit; in Geological Fieldwork, 1990, B.C. Ministry of
Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper1991-1, pages 89-110.
OHearn, Tim., 1991-04, Bench Composite Column Leaching Study of Mt. Milligan Waste
Rock. Min Drainage and Extractive Metallurgy Applied Biology Division.
Panteleyev, A., 1995, Porphyry Cu-Au: Alkalic, in Selected British Columbia Mineral Deposit
Profiles, Volume 1 - Metallics and Coal, Lefebure, D.V. and Ray, G.E., Editors, British
Columbia Ministry of Energy of Employment and Investment, Open File 1995-20, pages
83-86.
Placer Dome Inc., 1990-10, Bench Scale Grinding, Flotation and Cyanide Testing on No. 66
Zone Samples - Report No. 2.
Placer Dome Inc., 1991, Mt. Milligan Project, Pre-feasibility Study, six volumes, Placer Dome
Inc. internal report.
Placer Dome Inc., 1991-06, Bench Scale Grinding and Flotation Tests on MBX, SIX, WBX and
Southern Star Zone Drill Core Reject Samples Report No. 3 Volume I of IV.
Southern Star Zone Drill Core Reject Samples Report No. 3 Volume II of IV.
Southern Star Zone Drill Core Reject Samples Report No. 3 Volume III of IV.
Southern Star Zone Drill Core Reject Samples Report No. 3 Volume IV of IV.

Page 27-3
Placer Dome Inc., 1991-06, Pilot Plant Testwork on Maxi-Q Ore and Southern Star Zone Ore Report No. 4.
Placer Dome Inc., 1991-11, Optimization Alternatives Site C and Site A. Placer Dome Inc.,
1992-01, Metallurgical Test Results Report No. 5.
Placer Dome Inc., 1992-08, Investigation of the Factors Contributing to the Drop in Gold Grade
from the Acquisition Study to the Pre-Feasibility Study.
Placer Dome Inc., 1996-02, Mt Milligan Project Evaluation.
Placer Dome Inc., 1997-10, Project Review in Support of a Pre-feasibility Study. Placer Dome
Inc., 1998-05, Economic Study Volume 1 Business Report. Placer Dome Inc., 1998-05,
Economic Study Volume 2 Technical Report.
Placer Dome Inc., 2000-01, Bench Scale Evaluation of Various Flotation Circuit Arrangements
and Testwork on Mt. Milligan Resample V279 Composite SS, WBX & 66 Zones
Report No. 7.
Placer Dome Inc., 2000-01, Bench Scale Flotation, Grind Optimization Tests & Cleaner
Flotation Studies on Half Split NQ Drill Core & Flotation Response on Blend Mill Feed
Using the Optimized Flowsheet and Flotation Variables Report No. 8.
Placer Dome Inc., 2000-01, Copper Concentrate Production, Bench Scale Gravity/Flotation
Tests, Reagent Testing, Neutralizing Power of Scavenger Tailings, & Magnetic
Separation Tests on Mt. Milligan 1/2 Drill Core Resample V279 Report No. 7.
Placer Dome Inc., 2001-01, Feasibility Study and Project Development Report.
Placer Dome Technical Services Ltd., 1991-08, Pre-Feasibility Study Volume 3 Metallurgy.
Placer Dome Technical Services Ltd., 1991-08, Pre-Feasibility Study Volume 4 General
Matters.
Placer Dome Technical Services Ltd., 1991-08, Pre-Feasibility Study Volume 5 Cost
Estimates.
Rebagliati, C. M., 1987, 1986-1987 Summary Report, Mt. Milligan Property, Unpublished
Lincoln Resources Inc company report.
Rebagliati, C. M., 1988, Assessment report, Mt. Milligan Property, Assessment report submitted
to the BC Ministry of Energy Mines and Petroleum Resources.
Rebagliati, C. M., 1989, Assessment Report, Mt. Milligan Property, Assessment report submitted
to the BC Ministry of Energy Mines and Petroleum Resources.
Rebagliati, C. M., 1990, Summary Report, Mt. Milligan Project, unpublished consulting report
for Continental Gold Corp.

Page 27-4
Richards J. P., 2003, Tectono-Magmatic Precursors for Porphyry Cu-(Mo-Au) Deposit

Formation; in Economic Geology, December 1, 2003 vol. 98 no. 8 1515-1533,
doi:10.2113/gsecongeo.98.8.1515.
Schiarizza, P. and Boulton, A., 2005, Geology and mineral occurrences of the Quesnel Terrane,
Canim Lake Area (NTS 09P/15), South-central British Columbia; in Geological Field
work 2004, BC Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 2006-1,
pages 163184.
Sketchley, D. A., Nowak, M. and Verly, G., 1996, Mt. Milligan Project Evaluation Volume 1
Geology, Placer Dome Canada Limited internal report.
Terrane Metals Corp., 2007-12, Canada Mt. Milligan Variability Program. Wardrop Engineering
Inc., 2007-01, Historical Test Work Review.
Wardrop Engineering Inc., 2008: Technical Report Feasibility Mt. Milligan Property, Northern
BC, (Doc. No. 0652590200-REP-R0015-01), filed on SEDAR by Terrane Metals Corp.
on April 14, 2008.
Wardrop, A Tetra Tech Company, 2009: Feasibility Update Study Mt. Milligan Property
Northern BC, (Doc. No. 0952590100-REP-R0009-00), filed on SEDAR by Terrane
Metals Corp. on October 23, 2009.
Warner, L., and Turnbull, P., 1992, Diamond drilling assessment report for the Milligan 1, 2, 4, 5
Mineral Claims, Assessment report submitted to the BC Ministry of Energy Mines and
Petroleum Resources.
Warner, L. M., and Campbell, T. J., 1992, A geological, geochemical and diamond drilling
report on the Mt. Milligan Claims, internal Placer Dome Inc. company report.
Wright Engineers Ltd., 1989-04, Project Analysis.
Various internal mine plan and production spreadsheets as well as mine designs prepared by
Mount Milligan mine planning staff.

Page 27-5
28.0
DATE AND SIGNATURE PAGE
The effective date of this Technical Report, titled Technical Report Mount Milligan Mine
Northern Central British Columbia, is January 21, 2015.
Signed this 21st day of January, 2015.
(Signed) Robert Clifford
Robert Clifford
Director, Mine Engineering
SME Registered Member 4034747RM
(Signed & Sealed) Doug Berthelsen
Doug Berthelsen, P.Geo.

Senior Mine Geologist
Mount Milligan Mine
APEGBC Registered Member, Licence #: 31777

Page 28-1
APPENDIX A - GLOSSARY
Units Of Measure
Above mean sea level ................................................................................................................ amsl
Ampere ........................................................................................................................................... A
Annum (year) .................................................................................................................................. a
Barrels per day .......................................................................................................................... bb/d
Billion .......................................................................................................................................... B
Billion tonnes ................................................................................................................................ Bt
Billion years ago .......................................................................................................................... Ga
British thermal unit ..................................................................................................................... Btu
Canadian Dollars .......................................................................................................................... C$
Centimetre .................................................................................................................................... cm
Cubic centimetre ........................................................................................................................ cm3
Cubic feet per minute ................................................................................................................. cfm
Cubic feet per second ................................................................................................................. ft3/s
Cubic foot...................................................................................................................................... ft3
Cubic inch .................................................................................................................................... in3
Cubic metre .................................................................................................................................. m3
Cubic yard ................................................................................................................................... yd3
Coefficients of Variation........................................................................................................... CVs
Day .................................................................................................................................................. d
Days per week ........................................................................................................................... d/wk
Days per year (annum) ................................................................................................................. d/a
Dead weight tonnes ................................................................................................................. DWT
Decibel adjusted ......................................................................................................................... dBa
Decibel ......................................................................................................................................... dB
Degree .............................................................................................................................................
Degrees Celsius ............................................................................................................................ C
Degrees Fahrenheit ....................................................................................................................... F
Diameter ..........................................................................................................................................
Dry metric ton ............................................................................................................................ dmt
Foot ................................................................................................................................................ ft
Gallon .......................................................................................................................................... gal
Gallons per minute (US) ........................................................................................................... gpm
Gigajoule ...................................................................................................................................... GJ
Gigapascal .................................................................................................................................. GPa
Page A-1
Gram ............................................................................................................................................... g
Grams per litre ............................................................................................................................ g/L
Grams per tonne ........................................................................................................................... g/t
Greater than .................................................................................................................................... >
Hectare (10,000 m2) ..................................................................................................................... ha
Hertz ............................................................................................................................................. Hz
Horsepower ................................................................................................................................... hp
Hour ................................................................................................................................................ h
Hours per day .............................................................................................................................. h/d
Hours per week ......................................................................................................................... h/wk
Hours per year .............................................................................................................................. h/a
Inch ................................................................................................................................................. "
Joule ................................................................................................................................................ J
Joules per kilowatt hour ......................................................................................................... J/kWh
Kelvin ............................................................................................................................................. K
Kilo (thousand) ............................................................................................................................... k
Kilogram ....................................................................................................................................... kg
Kilograms per cubic metre ..................................................................................................... kg/m3
Kilograms per hour ................................................................................................................... kg/h
Kilograms per square metre .................................................................................................... kg/m2
Kilojoule ....................................................................................................................................... kJ
Kilometre .................................................................................................................................... km
Kilometres per hour ................................................................................................................. km/h
Kilonewton ................................................................................................................................... kN
Kilopascal ................................................................................................................................... kPa
Kilotonne....................................................................................................................................... kt
Kilotonne or 1000 Tonnes .................................................................................................. Ktonnes
Kilovolt ........................................................................................................................................ kV
Kilovolt-ampere ........................................................................................................................ kVA
Kilovolts....................................................................................................................................... kV
Kilowatt....................................................................................................................................... kW
Kilowatt hour ............................................................................................................................ kWh
Kilowatt hours per tonne (metric ton) ..................................................................................... kWh/t
Kilowatt hours per year .......................................................................................................... kWh/a
Kilowatts adjusted for motor efficiency ................................................................................... kWe
Less than ........................................................................................................................................ <
Litre ................................................................................................................................................ L
Page A-2
Litres per minute ........................................................................................................................ L/m

Loose cubic metres ..................................................................................................................... lcm
Megabytes per second .............................................................................................................. Mb/s
Megapascal ............................................................................................................................... MPa
Megavolt-ampere .................................................................................................................... MVA
Megawatt................................................................................................................................... MW
Metre ............................................................................................................................................. m
Metres above sea level ............................................................................................................. masl
Metres Baltic sea level .............................................................................................................. mbsl
Metres per minute .................................................................................................................. m/min
Metres per second ....................................................................................................................... m/s
Metric ton (tonne) ........................................................................................................................... t
Micron ......................................................................................................................................... m
Microsiemens (electrical).............................................................................................................. s
Miles per hour ........................................................................................................................... mph
Milliamperes ............................................................................................................................... mA
Milligram .................................................................................................................................... mg
Milligrams per litre .................................................................................................................. mg/L
Millilitre ...................................................................................................................................... mL
Millimetre .................................................................................................................................. mm
Million........................................................................................................................................... M
Million bank cubic metres ..................................................................................................... Mbm3
Million bank cubic metres per annum ................................................................................ Mbm3/a
Million tonnes .............................................................................................................................. Mt
Million tonnes per year ............................................................................................................. Mt/a
Minute (plane angle) ........................................................................................................................ '
Minute (time) ............................................................................................................................. min
Month .......................................................................................................................................... mo
Newton ........................................................................................................................................... N
Newton metre ............................................................................................................................ Nm
Ounce ............................................................................................................................................ oz
Pascal ............................................................................................................................................ Pa
Centipoise .............................................................................................................................. mPas
Parts per billion .......................................................................................................................... ppb
Parts per million ....................................................................................................................... ppm
Pascal (newtons per square metre) ................................................................................................ Pa
Pascal per second ....................................................................................................................... Pas
Page A-3
Percent........................................................................................................................................... %
Percent moisture (relative humidity) ...................................................................................... % RH
Phase (electrical) .......................................................................................................................... Ph
Pound(s) ........................................................................................................................................ lb
Pounds per square inch ................................................................................................................ psi
Power factor ................................................................................................................................. pF
Quart ............................................................................................................................................. qt
Revolutions per minute .............................................................................................................. rpm
Second (plane angle) ....................................................................................................................... "
Second (time) .................................................................................................................................. s
Specific gravity ........................................................................................................................... SG
Square centimetre....................................................................................................................... cm2
Square foot .................................................................................................................................... ft2
Square inch................................................................................................................................... in2
Square kilometre ........................................................................................................................ km2
Square metre ................................................................................................................................ m2
Thousand tonnes ........................................................................................................................... kt
Three dimensional ........................................................................................................................ 3D
Three dimensional model ......................................................................................................... 3DM
Tonne (1,000 kg) ............................................................................................................................. t
Tonnes per day ............................................................................................................................. t/d
Tonnes per hour ........................................................................................................................... t/h
Tonnes per year ............................................................................................................................. t/a
Tonnes seconds per cubic metre hour .................................................................................... ts/m3h
Total dissolved solids................................................................................................................ TDS
Total suspended solids ............................................................................................................... TSS
United States Dollar .................................................................................................................. US$
Volt ................................................................................................................................................ V
Week ............................................................................................................................................ wk
Weight/weight ............................................................................................................................ w/w
Wet metric ton........................................................................................................................... wmt
Yard............................................................................................................................................... yd
Year (annum) .................................................................................................................................. a

Page A-4
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

Acid base accounting ............................................................................................................... ABA
Acid generating potential ............................................................................................................ AP
Acid rock drainage ................................................................................................................... ARD
Acme Analytical Laboratories Ltd .......................................................................................... Acme
AMEC Earth and Environmental Inc. ................................................................................... AMEC
BP Resources Canada Ltd ........................................................................................... BP Resources
British Columbia ......................................................................................................................... BC
British Columbia Environmental Assessment Act ............................................................ BC EAA
British Columbia Environmental Assessment Office ........................................................ BC EAO
Butterfield Mineral Consulting Ltd. ............................................................................... Butterfield
Capital cost accounting ............................................................................................................ CCA
Capital cost estimate ................................................................................................................. CCE
Coefficient of variation ............................................................................................................... CV
Compressive strength ................................................................................................................... CS
Continental Gold Corp. ................................................................................................. Continental
Copper .......................................................................................................................................... Cu
DASS No. 39 Holdings Ltd ................................................................................................... DASS
Deeper downfaulted portion of WBX .................................................................................. DWBX
Dry mass in air ........................................................................................................................... MA
Eco-Tech Laboratories ...................................................................................................... Eco-Tech
Environmental Assessment ......................................................................................................... EA
Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................ EMP
Equite Montevedeo Group ....................................................................................................... EMG
Fisheries and Oceans Canada.................................................................................................... DFO
Fixed exchange rate .................................................................................................................. FXR
Forest service road .................................................................................................................... FSR
Free carrier ................................................................................................................................ FCA
Free on board ............................................................................................................................ FOB
G & T Metallurgical Services Ltd ........................................................................................... G&T
General and administrative ...................................................................................................... G&A
Gold.............................................................................................................................................. Au
Goldcorp Inc ..................................................................................................................... Goldcorp
Golder Associates Ltd. .......................................................................................................... Golder
High-density polyethylene ..................................................................................................... HDPE
Independent Mining Consultants .............................................................................................. IMC

Page A-5
Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy .......................................... ICP-AES

Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry .............................................................. ICP-MS
Internal Rate of Return............................................................................................................... IRR
Knight Pisold Consulting Inc. ................................................................................................... KP
Letter of credit........................................................................................................................... LoC
Life-of-mine ............................................................................................................................. LOM
Lincoln Resources Inc.......................................................................................................... Lincoln
London Metal Exchange .......................................................................................................... LME
Magnetite breccia .................................................................................................................... MBX
Mass in water ............................................................................................................................ MW
Material safety data sheet....................................................................................................... MSDS
Maximum design earthquake ................................................................................................... MDE
Medium voltage ......................................................................................................................... MV
Merit Consultants International Inc ......................................................................................... Merit
Methyl isobutyl carbinol ........................................................................................................ MIBC
Mineral Environments Laboratories .................................................................................... Min-En
Mineral Titles Online BC......................................................................................................... MTO
Mt. Milligan Project ........................................................................................................ the Project
Mt. Milligan Mine............................................................................................................... the mine
National Instrument 43-101 .............................................................................................. NI43-101
Net Present Value ..................................................................................................................... NPV
Net Smelter Return ................................................................................................................... NSR
Neutralization potential ratio .................................................................................................... NPR
Neutralizing potential.................................................................................................................. NP
Non-acid generating ................................................................................................................. NAG
Operating Basis Earthquake ...................................................................................................... OBE
Pechiney Development Ltd. ............................................................................................... Pechiney
Placer Dome Inc. .......................................................................................................... Placer Dome
Placer Dome Research Centre ............................................................................................... PDRC
Point load testing....................................................................................................................... PLT
Potassium amyl xanthate........................................................................................................... PAX
Potentially acid generating ........................................................................................................ PAG
Preliminary Economic Assessment........................................................................................... PEA
PricewaterhouseCoopers .......................................................................................................... PWC
Primary distribution centre ....................................................................................................... PDC
Quality assurance/quality control ........................................................................................ QA/QC
Quantile-quantile......................................................................................................................... QQ
Page A-6
Rock quality ............................................................................................................................. RQD

Rotating biological contactor .................................................................................................... RBC
Run-of-mine ............................................................................................................................ ROM
SAG mill/ball mill/crusher ..................................................................................................... SABC
Secondary distribution centre ................................................................................................... SDC
Selco Inc................................................................................................................................... Selco
Silver ............................................................................................................................................ Ag
Southern Star................................................................................................................................ SS
Specific gravity ........................................................................................................................... SG
Standards Council of Canada .................................................................................................... SCC
Tailing Storage Facility.............................................................................................................. TSF
Terrane Metals Corp. ........................................................................................................... Terrane
Three dimensional ........................................................................................................................ 3D
Unconfined compressive strength ............................................................................................. UCS
United Lincoln Resources Inc. ................................................................................. United Lincoln
Vacations, sicknesses, and absenteeism.............................................................................. VS & A
Wardrop Engineering Inc. .................................................................................................. Wardrop
Western margin of MBX stock ............................................................................................... WBX
Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems ......................................................... WHMI

Page A-7
APPENDIX B - CERTIFICATES OF QUALIFIED PERSONS

ROBERT CLIFFORD
I, Robert Clifford, as an author of this report entitled NI 43-101 Technical ReportMount Milligan Mine,
Northern Central British Columbia, dated effective January 21, 2015 prepared for, Thompson Creek
Metals Company Inc. (the Issuer), do hereby certify that:
1.
I am currently employed as Director, Mine Engineering at Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc.,
located at 26 West Dry Creek Circle, Suite 810, Littleton, CO 80120.
2.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled NI 43-101 Technical ReportMount
Milligan Mine, Northern Central British Columbia that has an effective date of January 21, 2015
(the Technical Report).
3.
I graduated from the University of Utah with a Bachelor of Science degree (BSc) in Mining
Engineering in1996. I have 18 years of experience in mining engineering and operations,
particularly with gold, copper, molybdenum, and titanium mining operations. I have held senior
and chief engineering positions for mines in Canada and the United States, with responsibility over
the development, review, implementation, and oversight of mine planning, project management,
economic analyses, and technical reports.
4.
I am a Registered Member in good standing of the Society of Mining Engineers,

Reg. No. 4034747RM.
5.
I have am familiar with National Instrument 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects
(NI 43-101) and by reason of my education, affiliation with a professional association (as defined
in NI 43-101) and past relevant work experience, I fulfill the requirements of a qualified person
for the purposes of NI 43-101.
6.
I am responsible for the preparation of Sections 1 to 6, inclusive, Section 13, and Sections 14.10 to
28, inclusive, of the Technical Report.
7.
I am not independent of the Issuer as described in section 1.5 of NI 43-101, as I am an employee of

the Issuer.
8.
I have been involved with the Mount Milligan mine, subject of the Technical Report, since 2014 in
my capacity as Director, Mine Engineering.
9.
I most recently visited the Mount Milligan Mine on September 16-17, 2014.
10.
As of the effective date of the Techical Report, to my knowledge, information and belief, the parts
of the Technical Report for which I am responsible contain all scientific and technical information
that is required to be disclosed to make the Technical Report not misleading.
11.
I have read NI 43-101 and the parts of the Technical Report for which I am responsible have been
prepared in compliance with NI 43-101.
Dated this 21st day of January, 2015 at Denver, Colorado.

(Signed) Robert Clifford
Robert Clifford
Director, Mine Engineering

Page B-1
DOUG BERTHELSEN
I, Doug Berthelsen, P. Geo., as an author of this report entitled NI 43-101 Technical ReportMount
Milligan Mine, Northern Central British Columbia, dated effective January 21, 2015 prepared for
Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. (the Issuer), do hereby certify that:
1.
I am currently employed as the Senior Mine Geologist at Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. ,
Mount Milligan mine located at Fort St James, B.C. V0J 1P0.
2.
This certificate applies to the technical report entitled NI 43-101 Technical ReportMount
Milligan Mine, Northern Central British Columbia that has an effective date of January 21, 2015
(the Technical Report).
3.
I graduated from the University of British Columbia with a Bachelor of Science degree (BSc) in
Geology in 1985. I have worked as a Geologist for a total of 26 years since my graduation from
university in gold, silver and copper mineral exploration and underground and surface mining
operations.
4.
I am a Registered Member in good standing of the Association of Professional Engineers and

Geoscientists of British Columbia, License No. 31777.
5.
I am familiar with National Instrument 43-101 - Standards of Disclosure for Mineral Projects (NI
43-101) and by reason of my education, affiliation with a professional association (as defined in
NI43-101) and past relevant work experience, I fulfill the requirements of a qualified person for
the purposes of NI43-101.
6.
I am responsible for the preparation of Sections 7 to 12, inclusive, and Sections 14.0 to 14.9,
inclusive, of the Technical Report.
7.
I am not independent of the Issuer as described in section 1.5 of NI 43-101, as I am an employee of

the Issuer.
8.
I have been involved with the Mount Milligan mine, subject of the Technical Report, since August,
2014 in my capacity as Senior Mine Geologist.
I currently work onsite at the Mount Milligan mine, subject of the Technical Report and interface
regularly with management, operations and field inspections.
10.
As of the effective date of the Technical Report, to my knowledge, information and belief, the part
sof the Technical Report for which I am responsible contain all scientific and technical information
that is required to be disclosed to make the Technical Report not misleading.
11.
I have read NI43-101 and the parts of the Technical Report for which I am responsible have been
prepared in compliance with NI 43-101.
Dated this 21st day of January, 2015 at Mount Milligan Mine, Fort St James, British Columbia.
(Signed & Sealed) Doug Berthelsen
Doug Berthelsen
Senior Mine Geologist
Mount Milligan Mine

Page B-2

CheckCode PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CheckCode PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NI 43-101 Technical Report

MOUNT MILLIGAN MINE

Robert Clifford, Director Mine Engineering

January 21, 2015

SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... 1-1

Project Location ................................................................................................... 1-1

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 2-1

Sources Of Information........................................................................................ 2-1

RELIANCE ON OTHER EXPERTS .............................................................................. 3-1

PROPERTY DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION ........................................................... 4-1

ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, LOCAL RESOURCES, INFRASTRUCTURE, AND

Claim Status ......................................................................................................... 4-2

Access .................................................................................................................. 5-1

HISTORY ........................................................................................................................ 6-1

Timeline ............................................................................................................... 6-1

Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

Historic Mineral Resource And Mineral Reserve Estimates ............................. 6-11

GEOLOGICAL SETTING AND MINERALIZATION ................................................. 7-1

Regional Geology ................................................................................................ 7-1

DEPOSIT TYPE .............................................................................................................. 8-1

DRILLING ..................................................................................................................... 10-1

Pre-2004 Drilling ............................................................................................... 10-1

SAMPLE PREPARATION, ANALYSES AND SECURITY ...................................... 11-1

Exploration, 2014................................................................................................. 9-1

Pre-2004 Samples .............................................................................................. 11-1

DATA VERIFICATION ............................................................................................... 12-1

Assay Quality Control Pre-2006 ..................................................................... 12-1

Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

MINERAL PROCESSING AND METALLURGICAL TESTING ............................. 13-1

MINERAL RESOURCE ESTIMATES ........................................................................ 14-1

Introduction ........................................................................................................ 16-1

RECOVERY METHODS.............................................................................................. 17-1

Resource To Reserve Conversion ...................................................................... 15-1

MINING METHODS .................................................................................................... 16-1

Resource Classification ...................................................................................... 14-1

MINERAL RESERVE ESTIMATES............................................................................ 15-1

Introduction ........................................................................................................ 13-1

Summary ............................................................................................................ 17-1

PROJECT INFRASTRUCTURE .................................................................................. 18-1

Tailing Storage Facility Waste Material Management ................................... 18-1

Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

MARKET STUDIES AND CONTRACTS ................................................................... 19-1

Environmental Issues ......................................................................................... 20-1

CAPITAL AND OPERATING COSTS ........................................................................ 21-1

Marketability ...................................................................................................... 19-1

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, PERMITTING AND SOCIAL OR COMMUNITY

OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE .......................................................................... 18-3

Operating Costs And Replacement Capital ....................................................... 21-1

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ............................................................................................. 22-1

ROYALTIES AND STREAMING AGREEMENTS ....................................... 22-3

ADJACENT PROPERTIES .......................................................................................... 23-1

OTHER RELEVANT DATA AND INFORMATION ................................................. 24-1

INTERPRETATION AND CONCLUSIONS ............................................................... 25-1

RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................... 26-1

REFERENCES .............................................................................................................. 27-1

DATE AND SIGNATURE PAGE ................................................................................ 28-1

Thompson Creek Metals Company Inc. Mount Milligan Mine

Mineral Resource Estimate (Exclusive of Mineral Reserve) Effective as of

Life of Mine operating costs as of January 1, 2015 .............................................. 1-7

List of Claims ........................................................................................................ 4-4

Mount Milligan Climate Statistics ........................................................................ 5-1

Drill Programs Summarized by Year .................................................................... 6-5

Mineral Reserve Estimate(1) April 2008 ............................................................ 6-12